Section Ⅱ Relaxing & A Volunteer Teacher
Ⅰ.重点单词必记
A．词义匹配
1．volunteer A．to pass your final examinations at university
2．graduate B．help and encouragement
3．minus C．something new, exciting or difficult to do
4．reduce D．to make a telephone call
5．challenge E．pressure or worry
6．stress F．someone who offers to do a job without being paid
7．support G．below zero
8．dial H．make sth. smaller in size
9．design I．to find the correct answer or explanation for sth.
10．solve J．to decide how sth. will look, work, etc., especially by drawing plans or making models
答案：1～5 FAGHC 6～10 EBDJI
B．根据英文释义写出相应的单词
11．diet limited kind or amount of food that a person is allowed to eat.
12．expert person with special knowledge, skill or training in a certain field.
13．stand put up with
14．prefer to like sth. better
15．suffer feel pain or great sorrow
Ⅱ.高频短语必背
1．suffer from 忍受，遭受
2．an expert in/at/on sth. ……方面的专家
3．under pressure 在压力之下
4．can't stand doing sth 不能容忍做某事
5．be on a diet 在节食
6．prefer to do ... rather_than do ...
宁愿做……而不愿做
7．take place 发生
8．know about ... 了解(知道)关于……的情况
9．prepare for ... 为……做准备
10．pay attention to ... 注意
11．be used to do sth. 被用来做某事
12．as soon as possible 尽可能快地
Ⅲ.经典句式必会
1．I find painting or drawing very relaxing.
我发现绘画和素描很令人放松。
[句式分析] find＋宾语＋宾补(形容词)
[尝试仿写] 我发现这部电视剧很有趣。
I_find_the_TV_program_very_interesting.
2．Breathing exercises can help reduce stress.
呼吸训练能帮助减轻压力。
[句式分析] breathing exercises为动名词短语作主语，reduce stress为不带to的不定式作宾语。
[尝试仿写] 锻炼身体有助于减少疾病。
Taking_exercise can help reduce diseases.
3．What can we do to relax and reduce stress?
为了放松和减轻压力我们能做什么呢？
[句式分析] to relax and reduce stress为不定式短语作目的状语。
[尝试仿写] 他早起以便赶上首班车。
He got up early to_catch_the_first_bus.
4．But it's very stressful to wait for exam results.
但是等待考试结果非常有压力。
[句式分析] 句中it为形式主语，代替后边的不定式短语。
[尝试仿写] 保护好环境很重要。
It_is_very_important_for_us_to_protect the environment well.
Ⅳ.交际用语必备
1．我喜欢听音乐。
I love/like/prefer/enjoy_listening to music.
2．我不喜欢考试。
I hate/don't_like_doing exams.
3．我受不了在全班面前讲话。
I can't_stand_talking in front of the class.
考点1
suffer from 遭受，忍受
教材原句
John suffers from backache.
约翰背疼。
A recent survey found that about 20 percent of Hong Kongers suffer from dry eyes.
最近的一项调查表明，大约20%的香港人眼部干涩。
You must have suffered from a cold.
你一定是感冒了。
[辨析比较] suffer from, suffer
suffer from
后面一般跟所患的疾病和缺陷，如cough, headache, flu等
suffer
可用作及物动词，但宾语通常是表达损失、失败、痛苦等抽象意义的词语，如pain, loss, hunger等
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： suffer, suffer from
①At that time they suffered_from cold and hunger.
②After the incident, she suffered the loss of the pupils' respect.
2．单项填空
③When the mudslide (泥石流) happened, the people there ________ heavy losses.
A．received B．accepted
C．suffered D．occurred
解析：考查动词词义。句意：当泥石流发生时，那里的人们遭受了巨大损失。suffer great losses“遭受巨大损失”。由句意可知C项正确。
答案：C
考点2
reduce vt. & vi.减少，降低
教材原句
Breathing exercises can help reduce stress.
呼吸训练能帮助减少压力。
The fire reduced the forest to a few trees.
大火把森林烧得仅剩下几棵树。
She reduced her weight by 6 kilograms.
她的体重减少了6千克。
The price of the car was reduced from 50,000 yuan to 40,000 yuan.
这辆汽车的价格从50,000元降到了40,000元。
The poor man is reduced to begging for a living.
那个可怜的人已沦为行乞为生。
The prices of houses in big cities have reduced by 10% recently.
近来大城市的房价降了10%。
[自主归纳]
①reduce (...) to 把……)减少到
②reduce (...) by 把……)减少了
③be reduced to_(doing) sth. 沦落为/(到做)某事
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①那个经理被降成服务员了。
The manager was_reduced_to a servant.
②炸弹把这座城市变成了废墟。
The bombs reduced_the_city_to ruins.
③他们把价格降到百分之十。
They reduced_the_price_to_10_percent.
2．单项填空
④— Do you mean it reduces ________50%?
— Yes. It has reduced ________ 1,500 from 3,000 by today.
A．for; to B．by; by
C．to; by D．by; to
解析：reduce to“减少到”；reduce by“减少了”。
答案：D
考点3
stand vt.忍耐；容忍；忍受
教材原句
I really love playing the piano, but I can't stand singing in front of the class.
我确实喜欢弹钢琴，但我无法忍受在全班之前唱歌。
She can't stand that man.
她无法忍受那个人。
He can't stand working in the office.
他不喜欢办公室工作。
I couldn't stand being told what I don't want to do.
我不容别人指使我做我不想做的事。
[关键一点]
stand多用于否定句，常与情态动词can/could连用，不用于进行时态。
PRC stands for the People's Republic of China.
PRC代表中华人民共和国。
Well, that dress will make you stand out in a crowd!
啊，那件衣服会使你在人群中很显眼！
[自主归纳]
①can't stand_sb./sth. 不能容忍某人/某事
②can't stand doing_sth. 不能容忍做某事
③stand for 表示；象征
④stand out 显眼，突出
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①我无法忍受早起。
I can't stand getting_up so early.
②She can't stand being_laughed_at/made_fun_of_in_public (在公共场合被嘲笑)．
2. 用所学词语替换句中加黑词语
③He can't put up with his rudeness.stand
④The letter X means an unknown number.stands_for
3．单项填空
⑤I won't stand your ________ to me like that.
A．talk B．talks
C．talking D．talked
解析：句意：我不能容忍你那样对我说话。stand“容忍”，其后常接动词的?ing形式作宾语。
答案：C
考点4
prefer vt.更喜欢；宁愿，宁可
教材原句
I prefer reading.
我更喜欢阅读。
I prefer romantic love stories.
我更喜欢浪漫的爱情故事。
[归纳拓展]
prefer sth. to sth. 比起……更喜欢……
prefer to do ... 更愿意做……(具体的动作)
prefer doing ... 更愿意做……(普遍的行为习惯)
prefer sb. to do ... 更愿意某人做……
prefer that?clause 更愿意……
She prefers English to maths.
数学与英语相比，她更喜欢英语。
He preferred you to give him a hand.
他更愿意你帮助他一把。
[归纳拓展]
He preferred to die rather than give in to his enemy.
他宁愿死也不愿向他的敌人投降。
[关键一点]
在“prefer to do ... rather than do ...”句型中， rather than do ...有时可以前置到句首而加以强调。
He preferred to go hungry rather than steal.
→Rather than steal, he preferred to go hungry.
他宁愿挨饿，也不愿意偷盗。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①尚塔尔更喜欢乘火车旅行。
Chantal prefers travelling_by_train.
②我希望你不要在那儿呆得太久。
I should prefer you not_to_stay_there_too_long.
2．完成句子
我愿意听古典音乐而不愿听流行音乐。
③I prefer classical music to_pop_music.
④I_prefer_listening_to_classical_music to listening to pop music.
⑤I prefer to listen to classical music rather_than_listen_to_pop_music.
⑥Rather_than_listen_to_pop_music,_I prefer to listen to classical music.
3．单项填空
⑦My brother ________ singing ________ dancing while I ________ dance ________ sing.
A．prefers; to; would rather; than
B．would rather; than; prefer; to
C．prefers; than; would rather; to
D．would rather; to; prefer; to
解析：句意：我哥哥喜欢唱歌不喜欢跳舞，而我恰恰相反。prefer doing sth. to doing sth.＝ would rather do sth. than do sth.“宁愿……而不愿……”。
答案：A
考点5
be used to do sth.被用来做某事
教材原句
What verb forms are used to talk about the future？
在谈论将来时，使用什么样的动词形式？
The cellphone can be used to listen to music.
这部手机可用来听音乐。
[辨析比较]
used to do sth., be used to (doing) sth., be used to do sth.
used to do sth.
表示过去经常发生的动作或存在的状态，但现在已不再发生或存在，to后接动词原形
be used to (doing) sth.
“习惯于(做)某事”，be有多种时态，可用get或become替换；to为介词
be used to do sth.
“被用来做某事”，use为及物动词，表示“使用”，后接不定式作目的状语
I used to live there when I was a child.
那是我幼年时的住处。
He has been used to getting up early.
他已经习惯了早起。
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： used to, get used to, be used to
①There used_to be a bus stop on that corner.
②Bill Gates said “Life is not fair, and get_used_to it.”
③The bag can be_used_to carry food.
2．单项填空
④The old man used ________ in the sun and he got used to ________ like that.
A．to sit; doing B．to setting; do
C．to sit; do D．to sitting; doing
解析：used to do表示过去的习惯动作，而get used to doing则表示习惯于某事。
答案：A
考点6
design vt. & n．设计
教材原句
How to design a website.
如何设计一个网站。
The magazine will appear in a new design next month.
从下个月起这本杂志将以新的设计问世。
[归纳拓展]
design sth. for sb./sth. 为……设计……
(be) designed for sb./sth. 为……而设计
be designed as sth. 作为……而设计
be designed to do sth. 为做某事而设计
by design(＝ on purpose) 故意地，蓄意地
The picture-book is designed only for children.
这本图画书是专为儿童写的。
The route was designed to relieve traffic jam.
这条路是为缓解交通拥挤而开辟的。
Whether this happened by design or not we shall never know.
我们将永远无法得知这事是不是有意安排的。
[多角度演练]
1．介词填空
①The piece of land was designed for vegetables.
②She wore a special dress by design to stand out at the party.
③The lecture is designed as an introduction to the subject.
2．单项填空
④The houses ________ for the poor citizens have already been completed.
A．designed B．designing
C．to design D．having designed
解析：designed for the poor citizens为过去分词短语作定语，修饰the houses。
答案：A
1．I find painting or drawing very relaxing.
我发现画水彩画或素描很轻松。
(1)本句中find后跟形容词relaxing作宾语补足语。宾语补足语主要是对宾语进行补充说明，说明宾语的身份、特征或状态等。
(2)find复合结构的常见形式有：
find＋宾语＋宾补
Did you find life hard in the country?
你觉得农村生活艰苦吗？
I found him in his own room.
我发现他在自己的房间里。
When I came in, I found her watching TV.
当我进去时，我发现她正看电视。
He found a cow tied to the tree in the yard.
他发现庭院里的树上拴着一头奶牛。
I found it possible that America and its allied countries would attack Iran.
我发现美国及其盟国打伊朗是可能的。
[关键一点]
在“find＋复合宾语”结构中，当宾语是不定式或从句时，应用it作形式宾语，将真正的宾语放在宾补之后。
[联想发散]
请同学们思考一下与find用法类似，后跟复合宾语的动词还有哪些？
make,_consider,_keep,_cause,_see,_notice,_hear,_watch,_feel,_call,_get,_have,_let等。
[多角度演练]
1．用所给动词的适当形式填空
①We found them waiting (wait) for us at the station.
②I found my wallet stolen (steal)．
③He was found cheating (cheat) in the test.
2．句型转换
④I find that it's easy to work with him.
→I find it easy to work with him.
⑤I consider it's an honor to be invited here.
→I consider it an honor to be invited here.
3．单项填空
⑥Today residents in Hefei find ________ to possess some illegal extra buildings.
A．that impossible B．impossible
C．it impossible D．there is impossibility
解析：在“find＋复合宾语”结构中，当宾语是不定式时，常用it作形式宾语，而把不定式放后。
答案：C
2．But it's_very_stressful_to_wait for exam results.
但是等待考试结果非常有压力。
(1)在“It is＋adj./n.＋to do sth.”句型中，it作形式主语，不定式作真正的主语。
It is very important to learn a foreign language.
学一门外语非常重要。
It was lucky enough for them to be met by President Hu Jintao as the volunteers for the Guangzhou Asian Games.
作为广州亚运会志愿者，他们幸运地受到了胡锦涛总书记的接见。
(2)It is＋adj./n.＋that从句
It was a pity that 19 Chinese mainland tourists were missing when Typhoon MEGI hit Taiwan.
很遗憾，台风鲇鱼袭击台湾时，19名大陆游客失踪。
[关键一点]
在difficult/important/necessary/possible/impossible等形容词或pity, honour, duty等名词作表语时，为保持句子结构的平衡，避免头重脚轻，常用it作形式主语置于句首。此时it只起先行引导作用，本身无词义。
[多角度演练]
1．句型转换
①That he has won the first prize is good news.
→It is good news that he has won the first prize.
②To learn English well is quite necessary.
→It is quite necessary to learn English well.
2．翻译句子
③五分钟完成是不可能的。
It's_impossible_to_finish_it_within_5_minutes.
④很遗憾你昨天没来。
It's_a_pity_that_you_didn't_come_yesterday.
3．单项填空
⑤________ is hard to imagine living in a place where there are no telephones or cars.
A．As B．What
C．That D．It
解析：it作形式主语，代替后面的不定式。
答案：D
将来的安排和打算
①I'll put some warm water in the basin so you can wash your face.
②What is she going to do in Inner Mongolia?
③It is getting dark.It looks as if it is going to rain.
④I am to meet Mr Brown at eleven o'clock this morning.
⑤He is coming to see you tomorrow.
⑥The train leaves at 9 o'clock tomorrow morning.
⑦Here comes the bus.
⑧If he comes, I will phone you first.
⑨The new school term begins after I arrive.
⑩The international climate conference begins at 10 tomorrow according to the timetable.
[我的发现]
(1)句①谓语动词由will/shall＋动词原形构成，用来表示单纯的将来安排和打算；句②中be going to意为“打算”，说明主语的意图，即将要做某事；句③中be going to 表示已有迹象表明将发生某事。
(2)句④和句⑤谓语动词的构成分别为：be＋动词不定式；be＋doing，表示计划较强的将来动作。
(3)句⑥～⑧谓语动词的共同特点是：用一般现在时表示将来时。
(4)⑨、⑩两句用一般现在时表示不可改变的官方活动或时间表。
(5)根据以上例句试列举能够表示将来时的谓语动词的构成。
will/shall_＋动词原形；be_going_to＋动词原形；be＋动词不定式；be＋doing；一般现在时表将来。
一般将来时用来表示将来发生的动作或存在的状态。一般将来时常和表示将来的时间状语连用，如 tomorrow, next week, in a few days 等。
1．助动词 shall/will＋动词原形
主语是第一人称用 shall 或 will, 其他人称用 will，表示将要发生的动作或存在的状态。
I'll go and see her on Sunday.
我星期天要去看她。
I shall/will graduate from the drama school next week.
我下个星期就要从戏剧学校毕业了。
①We will know (know) the result of the state examination.?
②I shall leave (leave) for Canada next Friday.?
③Will you be (be) free this evening?
2．am (is, are) going＋不定式
表示打算准备做的事或有迹象表明要发生的事。
Look！It's going to rain.
看，要下雨了。
There is going to be a lot of trouble about that.
这件事将会有许多麻烦。
①I feel I am going to make (make) progress with her from now.?
②The speech is going to be(be) at 3 p.m tomorrow.?
③Look at these clouds. It is going to rain (rain).
3．am (is, are) ＋不定式
表示正式约定的或安排好要做某事。这种结构表示计划中约定的或按职责、义务和要求必须做的事或即将发生的动作。
President Hu Jintao is to visit that country next week.
胡锦涛主席下周将访问那个国家。
All the questions are to be answered at once.
必须立刻回答所有的问题。
①She is to be seen in the lab on Monday.?
周一在实验室应该能看到她。
②You are to go to bed and keep quiet, kids.?
孩子们，要睡觉了，安静。
③If the sun were not to rise tomorrow, what would we do??
假如明天太阳不再升起，那我们该怎么办？?
④Your assignment is to be handed in before you leave school.?
在离校之前，你的作业必须交上。
4．be about to＋动词原形
表示“正要做某事，即将要做某事”。不可与具体的表示将来的时间连用，但可以与when引导的时间状语从句连用。
They are about to carry out the plan.
他们就要做这事了。
I was about to leave when he came in.
我正要离开，这时他进来了。
①She was about to begin (正准备开始), but Jennie spoke first.?
②He was about to leave (正要离开) the office when the telephone rang.
5．现在进行时表示将来
现在进行时往往表示计划好或准备要做的事。常用于一些表示位置转移的终止性动词，如go, come, leave, start, begin等，表示马上要做某事。
He is leaving school in one year's time.
他一年后就要毕业了。
Wait a minute.I'm coming.
等一会，我马上就来。
①— Tom, supper is ready!?
— I am coming (come).?
②He is beginning (begin) to miss his parents now.?
③we are leaving (leave) tomorrow morning.
6．一般现在时表示将来
表示按照时刻表要发生的事情，这种用法主要指严格按照原定计划、时刻表将要发生的事情；在条件状语从句和时间状语从句中，用一般现在时表示将来。
The sports meet takes place next week.
运动会下周举行。
I'll go with you as soon as I finish my work.
我一完成工作就和你一起去。
Don't try to run before you begin to walk.
先学走再学跑。
①But wewon?t go (not, go) if it rains (rain).?
②I?ll see her off as long as she es (go).?
③When it comes (come) to the question, I will make no answer.
一、感悟高考
1．(2012·北京高考)By the time you have finished this book, your meal________ cold.
A．gets B．has got
C．will get D．is getting
解析：考查时态。句意：到你读完这本书的时候，你的饭就将凉了。根据前半句中的内容可知，这里叙述的是将来的情况，所以用一般将来时。
答案：C
2．(2012·湖南高考)Close the door of fear behind you, and you ________ the door of faith open before you.
A．saw B．have seen
C．will see D．are seeing
解析：考查特殊句式“祈使句＋and ＋陈述句”。句意：关闭了恐惧之门，那么信心之门就会在你面前打开。“祈使句＋and ＋陈述句”句式中的陈述句常用将来时。
答案：C
3．(2012·湖南高考)“The moment ________ soon，” he thought to himself, waiting nervously.
A．came B．has come
C．was coming D．is coming
解析：考查时态。句意：他紧张地等着，同时自言自语“那一刻很快就要来了。”由句意可知，现在进行时在此表示将来。
答案：D
4．(2012·辽宁高考)I feel so excited! At this time tomorrow morning I ________ to Shanghai.
A．will be flying B．will fly
C．have been flying D．have flown
解析：考查动词时态。后句句意：明早的这个时候我将飞往上海。at this time tomorrow morning作时间状语，所以用将来进行时，故选A。
答案：A
5．(2012·陕西高考)—Can I call you back at two o'clock this afternoon?
—I'm sorry, but by then I ________ to Beijing. How about five?
A．fly B．will fly
C．will be flying D．am flying
解析：考查动词时态。句意：“今天下午两点钟我给你打回去行吗？”“对不起，那时，我将正飞往北京。五点钟怎么样？”根据时间状语by then可知，此处用将来时态，且表示下午两点钟时正在进行的动作情景，故用将来进行时态，所以C项正确。
答案：C
6．(2012·重庆高考)Food supplies in the flood-stricken area ________.We must act immediately before there's none left.
A．have run out B．are running out
C．have been run out D．are being run out
解析：考查动词时态和语态。根据“We must act immediately before there's none left.”可知救灾食品快要用完了，排除A、C项。再根据run out是不及物动词短语，没有被动语态可知，用现在进行时的主动语态。故选B项。
答案：B
二、冲关演练
1．Look at the timetable. Hurry up! Flight 4026 ________ off at 6：30 pm.
A．takes B．took
C．will be taken D．has taken
解析：按照固定时间表将要进行的动作，常用一般现在时表将来。
答案：A
2．They will stay inside unless it ________ tomorrow.
A．stops to rain B．will stop raining
C．will stop to rain D．stops raining
解析：unless引导的条件状语从句中用一般现在时表将来。stop to do“停下来去做另一件事”；stop doing“停止干某事”。结合句意可知，应选D项。
答案：D
3．Her ship ________ at 7：40 pm, so she ________ home at 7：00.
A．is leaving; leaves B．leaves; leaves
C．leaves; is leaving D．is leaving; is leaving
解析：第一空格处是按照固定时间表将要进行的动作，常用一般现在时表将来；第二空处指的是计划好或准备要做的事，常用现在进行时表将来。
答案：C
4．— Did you tell Anna about the news, Peter?
— Oh, no, I forgot it.I ________ her now.
A．call B．will be calling
C．will call D．am to call
解析：此处表示在说话的当时才作出的决定，表示没有经过仔细考虑的一种主观意图，应用“will＋动词原形”。
答案：C
5．I've got a holiday for a week to Hainan. I ________ my little brother.
A．had take B．take
C．have taken D．am taking
解析：此处用动词的现在进行时表示按计划或准备要发生的事情。
答案：D
6．Mr. Black ________ Shanghai in a few days. Shall we have a party?
A．leaves B．is leaving
C．left D．has left
解析：表示按计划、安排(通常指最近)即将发生的动作用现在进行时，一般现在时可以表示按大事年表或交通时刻表将要做某事。
答案：B
7．— Do you have any problems if you ________ this job?
— Well, I'm thinking about the salary ...
A．offer B．will offer
C．are offered D．will be offered
解析：句意：“如果你被提供给这份工作的话你有什么问题吗？”“噢，我正在考虑薪水的问题……”在if引导的条件状语从句中，应用一般现在时态来代替一般将来时态。
答案：C
8．Ladies and gentlemen, please return to your seat and tie your safety belt. Our plane ________.
A．takes off B．is taking off
C．has taken off D．will be taking off
解析：take off“(飞机)起飞”，不能用于被动语态，用现在进行时表示将来时。句意：“女士们，先生们，请回到座位上系好安全带。飞机马上要起飞了。”
答案：B
9．I know next time I come here, he ________ me something important.
A．shall tell B．is going to tell
C．tells D．told
解析：句意：“我知道下次我来这儿，他会告诉我一些重要的事情。”由句意可知用将来时态，排除C、D两项。shall用于第三人称表示“命令，承诺”与句意不符。故选B项。
答案：B
10．— Why is Tom in such a hurry?
— He ________ for Beijing to attend an important meeting. The flight ________ at 6：00.
A．leaves; leaves B．is leaving; leaves
C．will leave; has left D．leaves; is to leave
解析：考查时态。第一个空可用will leave, 也可用is leaving，表示将来要发生的动作。第二个空用一般现在时，表示按时刻表将要发生的动作通常用一般现在时表示。
答案：B
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．Worry over his job and his wife's health put him under great ________ (压力)．
答案：stress
2．She is an ________(专家) in training animals.
答案：expert
3．The child is ________ (遭受) from measles (麻疹)．
答案：suffering
4．Opinions on various ________ (社会的) questions differ from person to person.
答案：social
5．I ________ (更喜欢) the quiet countryside to the noisy cities.
答案：prefer
6．The ________ (志愿者) for community service are doing a good job.
答案：volunteers
7．After ________(毕业) from the university, he was sent to work in a factory in his hometown.
答案：graduating/graduation
8．The new model of the car ________ (设计) by the engineer is popular with the youth.
答案：designed
9．The old man entered the room ________(支撑) by his grandson.
答案：supported
10．To build a road in the mountainous area was a real ________ (挑战)．
答案：challenge
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．I am ready to die ________________ (也不屈服) .
答案：rather than give in
2．It's dangerous! The rope is ________________ (这就要断)．
答案：ready to break
3．Look at the dark clouds! It ________________(就要下雨)．
答案：is going to rain
4．If it ____________________ (不下雨) tomorrow, we will go out for a picnic.
答案：doesn't rain
5．He was about to say something more ________________________(就在这时他妻子进来了)．
答案：when his wife came in
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．Susan never cheated in her exams, because she laid great ________ on proper behavior.
A．pressure B．stresses
C．pressures D．stress
解析：句意：苏珊从不在考试中作弊，因为她很重视行为端正。本句考查固定搭配lay stress on“强调，重视”。
答案：D
2．The old couple owed their health to a balanced ________.
A．diet B．food
C．dinner D．meal
解析：句意：那对老夫妇把他们的健康归因于均衡的饮食。diet表示“饮食”，符合句意。
答案：A
3．Whether by accident or by ________， he arrived too late to help us.
A．purpose B．aim
C．design D．chance
解析：句意：不知道是碰巧还是故意的，他到得太晚了，没能帮我们。purpose常与介词on, for或with连用；aim at“针对”；by chance“偶然地”与by accident同义；by design“蓄意地，有意地”。
答案：C
4．Much attention should be paid ________ people's living conditions.
A．in improving B．to improve
C．improving D．to improving
解析：考查固定短语pay attention to “注意，重视”。
答案：D
5．He found himself ________ in the wrong direction of his house.
A．walked B．to walk
C．walking D．walk
解析：在“find＋宾语＋宾补”结构中，宾语补足语的形式是由宾语确定的。 himself与walk为主动关系，故用现在分词形式。句意：他发现自己走错了回家的方向。
答案：C
6．Most people prefer ________ money ________ it.
A．spending; to earning
B．to be spending; to be earning
C．to spend; to earn
D．having spent; to having earned
解析：句意：与挣钱相比，很多人更喜欢花钱。prefer ...to ...表示“与……相比更喜欢……”，接名词或动名词。spending money与earning it是平行结构。
答案：A
7．My elder sister was against my travel plan while my parents were ________ it.
A．in need of B．in face of
C．in memory of D．in support of
解析：句意：我姐姐反对我的旅游计划而我父母却支持(我的计划)。in support of“支持”；in need of“需要”；in face of“面对”；in memory of “为纪念”。
答案：D
8．It is a ________ for graduates to find ________ work as unemployment is very high nowadays.
A．pleasure; / B．danger; a
C．challenge；/ D．nightmare; the
解析：句意：由于如今失业率很高，因此对于毕业生来说找工作是一项挑战。challenge“挑战”为可数名词；work“工作”为不可数名词。
答案：C
Ⅳ.阅读理解
?安徽、河南专用
Jenny Lind was born in Stockholm Sweden, in 1820, the daughter of a teacher of languages. She is said to have been able to repeat a song that she had heard only once at the age of three. At ten years of age she sang children's parts on the Stockholm stage. After turning 12 years of age, her upper notes (高音) lost their sweetness, and for four years she did not do much singing. Her love for music continued and these years were spent on the study of instrumental music and composition.
At the end of this period her voice got its power and purity (纯净) again and for a year and a half she was the star of the Stockholm Opera. Next, she gave a series of concerts and went to Paris for further study, but the French teacher did not appreciate her powers and Jenny returned to her native city.
When she was twenty-three years old, Jenny went to Dresden and when Queen Victoria visited that city the following year, she sang at the festivals held in the Queen's honor. This opened the way to astonishing success in other German cities. In 1847 she went to London and was warmly received. There she sang for the first time in concert.
Jenny Lind traveled to Paris to study with Manuel Garcia, a famous Spanish vocal (声乐) coach, who finally agreed to train her. Her husband, Otto Goldschmidt, was a famous German pianist who trained with Mendelssohn; they married in Boston while on tour in the US.
After her marriage, she appeared on the stage from time to time, usually at concerts given for charities. She was deeply interested in charities and we can easily add to her title (头衔) of singer that of philanthropist. Her later years were spent in London where she died in 1887. Her life and songs are a sweet memory.
语篇解读：珍妮·林德三岁的时候就表现出非凡的音乐天赋，10岁时就登上了斯德哥尔摩的舞台。即使在她青春期变声期间，她仍然坚持着对音乐的喜爱和追求，最终在音乐方面取得了令人惊叹的成就。不仅如此，她还乐于慈善事业，是有名的慈善家。
1．Jenny Lind didn't sing much for four years because ________.
A．she didn't like popular music
B．she liked instrumental music and composition
C．her voice was not at its best
D．she was busy with her studies
解析：细节理解题。根据第一段中的“After turning 12 years of age, her upper notes lost their sweetness, and for four years she did not do much singing” 可知，12岁时她的高音失去了甜美，由此可以推断出她之所以四年没有演唱是因为她的嗓音不在最佳状态。
答案：C
2．In order to learn more about music Jenny Lind went to ________.
A．Paris B．Dresden
C．Boston D．London
解析：细节理解题。根据第二段中的“Next, she gave a series of concerts and went to Paris for further study”可知，她为了学习更多的音乐知识去了巴黎。
答案：A
3．According to the passage, which of the following is TRUE of Jenny Lind?
A．She became famous in Stockholm when she was 10.
B．Queen Victoria didn't like her performance at all.
C．She got married with Mendelssohn in Britain.
D．People are still impressed with her songs.
解析：细节理解题。根据全文的内容，结合文章最后一段中的“Her life and songs are a sweet memory”可知，她的歌曲现在人们仍然记忆犹新。
答案：D
4．The underlined word “philanthropist” in the last paragraph refers to a person who ________.
A．gives money and help to people in need
B．makes a large amount of money as a singer
C．becomes happy by performing charities
D．spends much time in singing
解析：词义猜测题。根据该词前面的“She was deeply interested in charities”可知，珍妮·林德不仅是歌唱家还是“慈善家”。
答案：A
?福建专用
[A篇同安徽、河南专用]
B
The French are followed by the Americans and the Spanish, with both nations sleeping around eight and a half hours per day.However, with an hour fewer than the French, Japanese and Korean people sleep the least among the 30 member countries of the OECD, around seven hours and 50 minutes a day.
“The French, who are known worldwide for their cooking skills, also spend more time eating than anyone else and it nearly doubles that of Americans, Canadians or Mexicans，”the OECD, a club of many developed countries, says.They spend more than two hours a day eating, followed by the New Zealanders and Japanese, who also spend close to two hours daily at the table.In Italy, which is another country with a worldwide cooking reputation (名声), and Belgium, people spend around one hour and 50 minutes a day eating.Spaniards, Germans and Swedes also spend more than an hour and a half a day eating, while Finns, Norwegians and Britons spend the least time at the table (around one hour and 20 minutes)．
Their way of life seems to have a big effect on French people's life time, since they are among the top three nations living the longest, together with the Japanese and Spaniards.An average Japanese woman lives to almost 86 years, while a man lives to 79.French and Spanish women live up to 84.4 years, and men 77.3 and 77.7 years.Hungarians are the European OECD nation living the shortest lives, with women's life time at 77.4 years and men's at 69.
语篇解读：有限的时间如何在工作、休闲和餐饮间分配？不同国家的人们会给出不同的答案。
5．The French spend about ________ hours in sleeping and eating every day.
A．8 B．9
C．10 D．7
解析：细节理解题。八个多小时的睡觉加上两个多小时的吃饭，大约十个小时。
答案：C
6．Compared with ________， the French spend an hour more eating every day.
A．Germans B．New Zealanders
C．the Japanese D．Canadians
解析：细节理解题。法国人吃饭时间比美国人、加拿大人和墨西哥人多一倍，即多一个小时。
答案：D
7．Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the report?
A．Sleeping time. B．Eating time.
C．Life time. D．Cooking time.
解析：细节理解题。文章三段分别讲了睡眠时间、吃饭时间和寿命，提到了厨艺但没有提到做饭时间。
答案：D
8．The report mainly wants to tell us that ________.
A．men spend more time in sleeping than women
B．governments need to do more to care for the ordinary people
C．differences in lifestyle are wide across OECD countries
D．why women always live longer than men
解析：主旨大意题。报告的内容仅仅是有关不同国家的人们的不同生活习惯的数据列举，没有提到愿望、目的等。
答案：C
Ⅴ.选做题
?任务型读写[安徽专用]
Each year there is an increasing number of cars as millions of new cars are produced in America.Americans will not live without cars! However, some have realized the serious problem of air pollution by cars.It is necessary to find ways to solve the problem of air pollution.
One way to clean the air is to build a new kind of clean car.That's what several of the large car factories are trying to do. But to build a clean car is easier said than done.Progress in this field has been slow.
Another way is to take the place of the car engine by something else.Engineers are now working on it.Many makers believe that it will take years to develop a practical model that can please man.
To prevent the world being polluted by cars, Americans have to make some changes in the way of their life.They have to cut down on the number of their cars and are encouraged to travel and go to work by bike.But this change does not close down — many workers may find themselves without jobs if a car factory closes down.And the problem of their pollution would become less important than that of unemployment.
Americans may live a happy but sad life for a long time because of the car problem.
Title
(1) ________ and Pollution in America
Problem
(2) ________ pollution
Methods
·Building a new kind of the car
(3) ________ by something else.
·(4) ________ down on the number of cars.
·Traveling and going to work by (5) ________.
(6)________
·Progress in this field is (7) ________.
·It takes years to develop a (8) ________ model.
·(9) ________ may lose jobs.
Conclusion
Americans may live a happy but (10) ________ life.
答案：1.Cars 2.Air 3.engine 4.Cutting 5.bike
6．Disadvantages 7.slow 8.practical 9.Workers 10.sad
?短文填词[福建专用]
Dear Bob，
I learnt about you from my English teacher, Miss Fang.
I'd like to have you ________ my pen friend, and get to know more1.________
about your country.First let me tell you something about ________.2.________
I'm a student n________ Li Hua, living in Beijing, which is the3.________
c________ of the PRC.I study in Hongqi Senior High School.4.________
This is a large and beautiful school, and I e________ everything in5.________
and around it.We are required to learn quite a few ________ (科目)，6.________
such as math, Chinese, English and physics.I u________ to play 7.________
table tennis a lot in my spare time.H________， now I say, I show8.________
________ (爱好) in football.Do you go in for any ball games? What9.________
is your favorite? I am looking forward to getting a________ from you soon.10.________
Best wishes!
Truly yours，
Li Hua
答案：1.become 2.myself 3.named 4.capital 5.enjoy
6．subjects 7.used 8.However 9.interest 10.reply
?任务型阅读[河南专用]
No fight can end, and no friendship can move on, until everyone says these little words: I'm sorry.Sometimes, though, they can be difficult to say. 1.________
It's not about winning.
Friendships aren't like the Super Bowl, and there should never be a winner and a loser.When you start fighting with a friend, it may feel important that you “win” the fight by proving you're right and he is wrong, or by making him be the first to apologize.
2．________
You may have heard the expression “His pride stood in the way.” It is usually used to describe a person who is so determined to be “right” that he lets an opportunity for happiness pass him by forever. 3.________ Remember: as time goes on, we usually forget who was right and who was wrong in a disagreement, and only remember the sadness of losing a friend.
Take the first step.
Are you sick of fighting? Do you think this fight is just not important enough to ruin your friendship? 4.________ You don't have to take full responsibility for starting the fight, or even say that your feelings were wrong.But you should find something you did or said that's worth apologizing for.Maybe you're sorry that you let the fight go for so long, of that you overreacted (反应过度的) to something your friend did.If you say you are sorry, it's like an invitation for your friend to do the same.5.________
A．Then try to be the first to apologize.
B．Stop thinking about your pride.
C．It's about taking some resposibility for the argument.
D．Don't let this happen to a friendship you care about.
E．Here are some things to keep in mind.
F．There are some special cases when you shouldn't be the one to apologize first.
G．Once you've both said it, you'll both feel a million times better.
答案：1～5 EBDAG
?短文改错[河南专用]
When I was ten years old, I went to Yangzhou with two American.I became their guide.First, we went to the Shouxi River.They wanted to look around the river by the boat.After buy the tickets, we got into a boat.We went around seeing the beautiful sight.After that, we went shopping.The sellers couldn't spoke English.Though it was very harder, I tried my best listen to their words carefully and translate the sentences.They bought some little things with their help.Next, we went to a small zoo but took some pictures.When we felt hunger, we went out and had lunch.After lunch, we visited some old house and learned more about Chinese history.
答案：第一句：American→Americans
第四句：去掉第二个the
第五句：buy→buying
第八句：spoke→speak
第九句：harder→hard; listen前加to
第十句：their→my
第十一句：but→and
第十二句：hunger→hungry
第十三句：house→houses
牛哥@的小弟%上传
21！世纪*教育#网……版权+|有所
Ⅰ.重点单词必记
根据词性及汉语提示写出单词
1．nearby adj. 附近的
adv. 在……附近
2．otherwise adv. 否则，另外
3．forecast n. 预测；预报
4．accountant→account n. 账户；账目
5．crowded→crowd v. 拥挤
n. 人群
6．sickness→
7．distance→distant adj. 远的
8．imagine vt.→imagination n. 想象力
Ⅱ.高频短语必背
1．far away from 远离
2．make sure 确保；保证
3．be at work 在工作
4．be free of 免除；摆脱；离开
5．distance learning 远程学习
6．be fond of 喜欢
Ⅲ.经典句式必会
1．That's what people call the underground in London.
那就是人们对伦敦地铁的叫法。
[句式分析] what是连接代词，引导表语从句，且在从句中作call的宾语。
[尝试仿写] 这就是我们称之为机器人(robot)的东西。
That's what_we_call_a_robot.
2．Usually，it's so crowded that I can't find anywhere to sit.
地铁常常那么拥挤以至于我找不到地方坐。
[句式分析] that为连词，引导结果状语从句，so ...that为固定句式，意为“如此……以至于……”。
[尝试仿写] 这个小姑娘如此漂亮以至于我们都喜欢她。
The little girl is so_beautiful_that_we_all_like_her.
3．I'm always tired before I arrive at work.
这样每天到办公室前，我就已感到很疲倦。
[句式分析] before作连词，引导时间状语从句。
[尝试仿写] 我没有到达那里，他就走了。
He had left before_I_arrived_there.
4．(长难句分析)We do jobs when they need to be done and that could be early in the morning or late at night.
我们的工作是依需要而定，可能是在一大早，也可能在半夜。
[句式分析] 本句为由and连接的并列句。前一分句为主从复合句，When引导时间状语从句。
1．Where do you live? In a city or in a countryside? What do you like about where you live?
参考答案：I live in the country side.I love it because it is quiet and the air is fresh. It's really comfortable to live there.
2．How are city and country lifestyles different in China?
参考答案：The lifestyles are different in the city from those in the country side.
In the city, the traffic are heavy and the pressure is great. It's noisy and people stay up late at night. While in the countryside, people live a relaxing life.It's quiet. People go to bed early and get up late. They live comfortably.
Choose the best answer according to the text.
1．How long is it from Debbie's home to her company?
A．Fifty minutes' walk.
B．Fifty minutes by underground.
C．Fifty minutes by bus.
D．Fifty minutes by train.
2．Why doesn't Debbie like to go to work on “the tube”？
A．It's always too crowded.
B．She is sometimes late if she goes to work on “the tube”．
C．The underground is not fast enough.
D．She can't catch “the tube” sometimes.
3．Debbie works for a French company so she ________.
A．has dance classes on Monday nights
B．goes to the gym on Wednesday nights
C．has French classes on Tuesday and Thursday nights
D．goes to the cinema every week
4．When Paul's family take a weekend in London, ________.
A．the children love looking in the clothes shops
B．the husband will go to movies
C．the wife likes to buy cigars
D．they love to ride on red buses or the tube
5．From the second passage we know Paul is ________ his life.
A．unsatisfied with B．getting bored of
C．disappointed with D．satisfied with
答案：1.B 2.A 3.C 4.B 5.D
Read the text carefully and then fill in the chart with the information in the text.
Name
Debbie
Paul
Basics
She's an ?________ at a large firm in London.
He lives in a small ?________ in Northern England.
Wake-up time
? ________o'clock
?________ o'clock
Transportation (交通工具)
She commutes to work on the ?________．
He lives and works on the ?________．
Working hours
8 hours
all day
Evening activities
?________ classes, go to the gym，French classes
play with his?________， study by distance learning
Special activities
She goes to the ?________ every weekend. Sometimes she drives to the country and goes walking with friends.
He loves ______. Twice a year, he goes to London with his family.
答案：?accountant ? village ? seven? four? underground? farm? dance?children?cinemamovies
考点1
imagine vt.想象，设想
教材
原句
Can you imagine city and country lifestyle in Britain？
你能想象一下在英国的城市与乡村生活方式吗？
I can't imagine life without TV and the Internet.
我无法想象没有电视和互联网的生活。
[归纳拓展]
imagine doing sth 想象做某事
imagine ...(to be/as) 设想……是……
imagine (that) ... 猜想/推想/认为……
I don't imagine so
＝ I imagine not 我并不这样认为
I imagine flying to the moon in Shenzhou Ⅹ.
我想象乘坐神舟10号飞往月球的情景。
— Do you imagine he is fit for the tough job?
你认为他胜任这一困难工作吗？
— No, I imagine not.
不，我认为他不胜任。
[多角度演练]
1．句型转换
①Close your eyes and imagine that you are in a forest.
Close your eyes and imagine being in a forest.
②I had imagined that she was older than that.
I had imagined her to be older than that.
③He likes to imagine that he is a soldier.
He likes to imagine himself a soldier.
2．完成句子
④I can't imagine her marrying_him (嫁给他)．
⑤Can you imagine what_he_is_doing (他在干什么吗)?
3．单项填空
⑥I can't imagine ________ like this.
A．you being treated B．you treated
C．you treating D．treating
解析：句意：我真不能想象你受到如此对待。imagine后接v.-ing作宾语，you为being treated的逻辑主语。
答案：A
考点2
crowded adj.拥挤的；挤满的；装满的
教材
原句
Usually, it's so crowded that I can't find anywhere to sit.
通常，地铁很拥挤，我很难找到座位。
We have a very crowded schedule.
我们的日程排得满满的。
[归纳拓展]
(1)be crowded with ... 挤满，拥塞
(2)crowd n. 人群；大众；一伙；一堆
vt. & vi. 挤；把……塞进
a crowd of 一群，一堆，许多
the crowd 人群
crowd (...) into (把……)挤进
The great hall was crowded with audience that day.
那天大厅里挤满了人。
I crowded (myself) into the crowd to see the famous star.
我挤进人群去看那位明星。
形象记忆
The bus is crowded with people.
公共汽车上挤满了人。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①The_crowd_crowded_into the stadium and it was_crowded_with audience.
②I_crowded_through_the_crowd (挤过人群) for the performance.
2．介词填空
③The shop was crowded with people.
④All the passengers were crowded into a bus.
3．单项填空
⑤People ________ round to get a better view of the famous star — Zhen Zidan.
A．crowded B．climbed
C．counted D．crossed
解析：句意：人们围成一圈想更好地看一看那位明星——甄子丹。crowd“拥挤，聚集”；climb“爬”；count“数数，计数”；cross“穿过”。
答案：A
考点3
be at work在工作
教材
原句
After a big breakfast in my house, I walk out of the front door and I'm already at work.
在家里吃饱一顿早饭后，我走出前门，开始一天的工作。
Though it's time for dinner, they are still at work.
到了吃饭的时间了，但是他们仍在工作。
He is at work and can't go out now.
他在上班，现在不能出去。
[归纳拓展]
(1)be out of work 失业
(2)work on 从事
work out 计算
Work out how much money you'll need.
计算一下你需要多少钱。
He has been out of work for a year.
他失业一年了。
[联想发散]
介词at表明一种状态或持续活动，与名词连用，名词前一般不加冠词。根据汉语提示写出下列短语。
①at_war 处于战争状态
②at_peace 处于和平状态
③at_school 在上学
④at_rest 在休息
⑤at_dinner/table/meal 在吃饭
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①At that time, the country was at_war (处于战争中)．
②What do you usually do at_rest (休息时)?
③You'd better speak less at_dinner/table (吃饭时)．
④I don't know if he worked_out (解决) the problem.
⑤Miss Liu is busy working_on (从事) a new novel.
2．单项填空
⑥I'm not sure whether Tom is ________ work or ________ school.
A．at; in B．at; at
C．in; at D．in; in
解析：at work“在上班”；at school“在上学”。
答案：B
考点4
make sure确保；保证
教材
原句
I have to make sure they are free of sickness.
我必须确保它们远离疾病。
We can't make sure of your safety if you act without permission.
如果你擅自行动，我们不能确保你的安全。
Make sure that the windows are shut when leaving home.
出门时务必关上窗户。
She may have come back, but I can't make sure about it.
我听说她回来了，但我不敢确信。
Make sure (that) you will arrive there on time.
你务必准时到那里。
[自主归纳]
make sure后面接的成分可以是of/about_sth.或that从句，但一般不跟不定式。
[归纳拓展]
be sure of/about 确信……
be sure that ... 确信……
be sure to do ... 务必/一定/必定做……
for sure 肯定，确切地
Be sure to come to my birthday party if you have time.
如果你有时间，一定来参加我的生日聚会。
[多角度演练]
1．句型转换
①You must make sure of your energy before the match.
→You must make sure that you are energetic before the match.
2．完成句子
②For_sure (肯定地) he will come back next month.
③She is the kind of woman who is_sure_of_herself (对自己有信心)．
④She is_sure_of_winning (对赢得……有把握) the game.
3. 单项填空
⑤Quite a few people used to believe that a disaster ________ if a mirror was broken.
A．was sure of striking
B．was sure of having struck
C．was sure to be struck
D．was sure to strike.
解析：考查短语的用法。句意：相当多的人过去常以为，如果镜子打破了，就一定会有灾难。表示“一定”应用be sure to do结构，而“灾难降临”应为主动语态，故选择D项。
答案：D
考点5
be free of免除；摆脱；离开
The ticket is free of charge.
这张票是免费的。
I'm free of that place at last.
我终于摆脱那个地方了。
[归纳拓展]
be/feel free to do sth. 自由地做某事
be free from 不受……影响
set free 释放
in one's free time 在某人的闲暇时间
Mandela was finally set free in 1993.
曼德拉在1993年终于获释。
They wanted the new states to be free from slavery.
他们希望新的国家没有奴隶制度。
[关键一点]
表示“不受……伤害/影响”时，be free of ＝ be free from，但是be free of tax(免税)和be free of charge(免费)中的of不能换成from。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①The child is_free_from_care.
这个孩子无忧无虑。
②This ticket is_free_of_charge.
这张票是免费的。
2．单句改错
③They were set freely last month.
答案：freely→free
④This kind of car is free from tax.
答案：from→of
⑤Living here is free away noise.
答案：away→from/of
3．单项填空
⑥He had to take the medicine three times a day, so as to be ________ the pain in the leg.
A．far from B．away from
C．apart from D．free from
解析：考查介词短语的意义。far from“远离，远非”；be away from“远离，从……离开”；apart from“除……之外”；free from“免于，免受……的影响。”
答案：D
考点6
distance n．距离，路程，远处
教材原句
Right now I am studying Chinese by distance learning.
现在我正通过远程学习来学习中文。
The distance from my hometown to the railway station is 20 kilometres.
我家乡与火车站之间的距离是20公里。
[归纳拓展]
at a distance 隔一段距离；距离稍远一些
in the distance 在远处
keep one's distance from 避开，不接近
keep sb. at a distance 对某人保持疏远
We saw boat disappear in the distance.
我们看到帆船消失在远方。
The detective followed him at a distance.
侦探保持一定距离跟着他。
形象
记忆
[多角度演练]
1．用distance短语的适当形式填空
①Ann likes to keep people at_a_distance.
②They were careful to keep_their_distance_from the ill-tempered professor.
③You can see the ancient ruins in_the_distance.
2．介词填空
④My parents live within walking distance of me.
⑤I saw some smoke in the distance.
⑥You'd better keep this kind of person at a distance.
3．单项填空
⑦The dog looked dangerous, so I decided to ________ from it.
A．keep my distance B．stay
C．keep a distance D．keep my distant
解析：句意：那只狗看上去很危险，所以我决定远离它。keep one's distance from ...是固定短语，意为“与……保持一定距离”。
答案：A
1．That's what people call the underground in London.
那就是人们对伦敦地铁的叫法。
(1)这是what引导的表语从句，what在从句中充当宾补。
This is what we call “couch potato”．
这就是我们所说的“沙发土豆”现象。
(2)what还可引导(主语从句、宾语从句)等，在从句中不仅起连词作用，还作主语、宾语或表语成分。
They are discussing what they should do next.
他们正在讨论下一步要做什么。
What is most important in life isn't money.
人生最重要的并非金钱。
The building is built on what used to be a pool.
这座楼房是在原来的一个池塘上建的。
[关键一点]
what引导的名词性从句若表示“所……的事/人/物”，相当于“先行词＋that/which”引导的定语从句。
This is what I'm thinking about.
＝ This is the problem that I'm thinking about.
这就是我所考虑的问题。
[多角度演练]
1．判断what引导的名词性从句的类型
①I don't understand what you said just now.宾语从句
②What he told you was what had been discussed at the meeting.主语从句；表语从句
2．句型转换
③He is no longer the person that he used to be.
→He is no longer what he used to be.
④All that we need is your timely help.
→What we need is your timely help.
⑤She's angry with his words.
→She's angry with what he said.
3．单项填空
⑥(2011·江西高考)The villagers have already known______we'll do is to rebuild the bridge.
A．this B．that
C．what D．which
解析：句意：村民们都已了解到我们要做的事就是重建这座桥。 本题中known后跟宾语从句，其中含有主语从句what we'll do, what在该从句中作do的宾语，表示“……的事”。
答案：C
2．I'm always tired before I arrive at work.
这样每天到办公室前，我就已感到很疲倦。
(1)before作连词引导时间状语从句。
Another great wave came before they reached the house.
没等他们到达房子，另一个大浪就扑过来了。
Before I could sit down, he offered me a cup of tea.
没等我坐下，他就给我端上了一杯茶。
Try to grasp the opportunity before it is too late.
趁现在还不晚，一定要抓住机会。
(2)连词before的常见句型：
①It will be/was＋时间段＋before＋时间状语从句：
过了(一段时间)……才……
It was quite a few years before he finally finished his novel.
过了好多年他才终于写成了这本小说。
②It won't be/wasn't＋时间段＋before＋时间状语从句：
没过多久……就……
It won't be long before we meet again.
不久我们会再见面的。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①It was evening before_we_reached_(在我们到达之前) the little town of Winchester.
②— Why didn't you tell him about the meeting?
— He rushed out of the room before_I_could_say_a_word (我还没来得及说一句话)．
2．句型转换
③When he realized it, a year had passed.
→A year had passed before he realized it.
④They got to know about it soon.
→It wasn't long before they had got to know it.
⑤He shouted at me and I had no time to explain.
→He shouted at me before I could explain to him.
3．单项填空
⑥(2010·福建高考)The girl had hardly rung the bell ________ the door was opened suddenly, and her friend rushed out to greet her.
A．before B．until
C．as D．since
解析：本题考查连词。根据句中前后的时态判断，had hardly rung为过去完成时，was opened为一般过去时，故前者动作应该发生在后者动作之前，可以判断用“before”。另外，从意义判断，before意为“在……之前；来不及”，故也应选A。句意：小女孩还没来得及按门铃，门就突然开了，并且她的朋友冲出来问候她。
答案：A
Ⅰ.完成句子
1．这扇门需要修理。
The door requires ______________________.
答案：repairing/to be repaired
2．昨天商店挤满了顾客。
The stores __________________ customers yesterday.
答案：were crowded with
3．他考试不及格，那使得他妈妈很生气。
He failed in the exam and ________ made his mother angry.
答案：that
4．深思熟虑以后你再做决定。
Think well __________________________.
答案：before you decide
5．他们必须作出和你同样的选择。
They have to make ______________________ you do.
答案：the same choices that
Ⅱ.单项填空
1．(2011·天津高考)The young man couldn't afford a new car.________ , he bought a used one.
A．Besides B．Otherwise
C．Instead D．Still
解析：考查副词辨析。句意：这个年轻人买不起新车。他买了一辆二手车以代之。C项表示“代替”，符合句意。
答案：C
2．(2011·江西高考)The house was too expensive and too big.________ , I'd grown fond of our little rented house.
A．Besides B．Therefore
C．Somehow D．Otherwise
解析：句意：这房子太贵且太大，此外，我已渐渐爱上了我们租来的小屋。therefore“因此”；somehow“不知怎的”； otherwise“否则”，均不合逻辑。
答案：A
3．The government has taken some measures to solve the shortage of electricity, but it may be some time ________ the situation improves.
A．since B．when
C．unless D．before
解析：句意：政府已经采取了一些措施解决电的短缺，但可能还需要一段时间才能改善这种局势。before在此处表示“要过一段时间才……”。
答案：D
4．________ parents say and do has a life?long effect on their children.
A．That B．Which
C．What D．As
解析：句意：父母的言行对他们的孩子有终生的影响。what引导主语从句，在从句中作say和do的宾语。
答案：C
5．When traveling in Yunnan Province, visitors always see mountains covered by white snow ________.
A．at the distance B．in a distance
C．at distance D．in the distance
解析：句意：游客在云南旅游时，他们总是在远处观看被白雪所覆盖的山峦。A、B、C三项不存在；in the distance“在远处”。
答案：D
6．Everything he ________ to his country.
A．had contributed B．had been contributed
C．had was contributed D．had to be contributed
解析：句中he had为省略关系代词that的定语从句，修饰everything。句意：他所拥有的一切都献给了他的祖国。此题陷阱选项是A。此题的关键是找出句子的主语everything，而was contributed to his country是谓语部分，he had是定语从句，修饰everything, he had前省去了关系词that。
答案：C
7．— I can't imagine ________ all my days relaxing on Hawaii beach.
— I think you'll make it some day.
A．spend B．spent
C．spending D．to spend
解析：imagine后应接动名词做宾语。
答案：C
8．The experienced merchant made ________ that I would get into trouble doing business with a company like that.
A．an advice B．a decision
C．a forecast D．design
解析：make a forecast意为“预测”，后跟that引导的同位语从句。
答案：C
9．I'm lucky enough to find the same knife ________ I lost yesterday.
A．which B．what
C．like D．that
解析：依据句意I'm lucky enough ...“我足够幸运……”可知，“我”找到了“我”昨天丢失的那把刀子，故选D。
答案：D
10．Dave is ________ that we all like to play with him.
A．so a smart boy B．a such smart boy
C．such a smart boy D．a so smart boy
解析：考查such ...that ...与so ...that ...的用法。such后应接名词；so后应接形容词或副词。
答案：C
Ⅲ.课文缩写填空
Debbie works for a large company in London. Every day it 1.________ her about fifty minutes to travel to work on “the tube”. She spends all morning 2.________ numbers, and has a simple lunch, then returns to her work. In the evening she has dance classes, does 3.________ in the gym and has French classes because 4.________ French will help her in her career. On weekends, she goes to the cinema or drives to the 5.________ for a relax with her friends. She likes places that are nice, quiet and far away from the city, and where there are no shops, crowds or the tube.
Paul is a farmer, and lives in a small village in the north of England. He gets up very 6.________ and works on the farm after having a big breakfast. He has many things to look after. In the evening, he likes to 7.________ with his children. He is now studying Chinese 8.________ distance learning. He doesn't get the 9.________ to go to the cinema often. He and his family take a weekend 10.________ in London when he is not too busy on the farm.
答案：1.takes 2.checking 3.exercise 4.studying 5.countryside 6.early 7.play 8.by 9.chance 10．break
Ⅳ.阅读理解
A
Albert Einstein (1879～1955) was one of the greatest and most original scientific thinkers of all time (有史以来)．
Born of Jewish (犹太人的) parents at Ulm in Germany, he completed his education in Switzerland and got his Ph.D at the University of Zurich (苏黎世大学)．He went to live in the United States in 1933 because of the rise of Nazism (纳粹主义) in Germany and Hitler's persecution (迫害) of the Jews.
In 1905, while still at Zurich, he published his Special Theory of Relativity (狭义相对论)，which was based on things everyone may have noticed. If two trains are standing alongside each other and one train starts to move, a person sitting in the train may wonder whether his own train is moving or the other is moving, and before he finds out what is happening, he can see that one train is moving relatively to the other. From this and also from other more complicated (复杂的) facts, Einstein came to the conclusion that all motion (运动) is relative (相对的) and that there are really no such things as absolute (绝对的) motion. Some of the other conclusions he drew (得出) are that nothing can go faster than light, and that if something such as a ruler was moving faster and faster it would seem to get shorter and shorter as its speed was near the speed of light. By 1915, Einstein had made his General Theory of Relativity known. He also improved on Newton's theory of gravity (牛顿的引力理论)．Most of his theories have been tested and found to be true though some may sound strange. For his important work he was awarded the 1921 Nobel Prize for Physics.
1．In 1933, Einstein went to live in the United States because ________.
A．he loved the USA more than his own country
B．he could no longer work in Germany when Hitler came into power
C．he wanted to live quietly in the USA
D．he had got some friends there with whom he could work together
解析：细节理解题。由第二段最后一句话确定。
答案：B
2．Einstein published his Special Theory of Relativity when he was ________.
A．in the United States
B．in Ulm, Germany after he got his Ph.D
C．still at the University of Zurich at the age of thirty-six
D．still in Switzerland at the age of twenty-six
解析：细节推理题。由第一段可知他的出生日期，由第三段第一句话可知他发表狭义相对论的时间和地点。
答案：D
3．One of the conclusions drawn by Einstein is that ________.
A．places go faster than trains and buses
B．people couldn't run as fast as vehicles
C．light goes the fastest of all the things
D．two trains can go in different directions
解析：细节理解题。由第三段第四句话可知C项正确。
答案：C
4．Einstein added that if something such as a ruler was moving, it would seem to get shorter and shorter ________.
A．when it was moving faster and faster
B．because the ruler itself was short
C．because we can't see it clearly
D．because the ruler was broken into pieces
解析：细节理解题。由第三段第四句话可知A项正确。
答案：A
B
Car?free neighborhoods exist all over Europe.A quarter of households in Britain live without cars.Vauban in Germany is one of the largest car?free neighborhoods in Europe.If you live in the district，you are required to confirm once a year that you do not own a car — or, if you do own one，you must buy a space in a multi?storey car park on the edge (边缘) of the district.
Vehicles in most of the European car?free areas are physically prevented from entering the streets where people live.Exceptions are made for emergency vehicles and removal vans (搬家卡车) but not for normal deliveries.A few parking spaces nearby are available to buy (usually around one space for every five homes) and a few are reserved for car club vehicles.Cycling is a vital means of transport.
Car?free areas of this kind exist in Amsterdam, Vienna, Hamburg and so on.There is even a small one in Edinburgh.
There is another form of car?free development.Recently we have overlooked its potential.Most pedestrianised (步行的) city or neighborhood centers in Britain are almost entirely commercial.But a few farsighted councils have brought back housing and residents (居民), without cars or parking, into city centers that would otherwise be deserted after 6 pm.
Car?free UK was set up to improve Europeanstyle car?free development in this country.We are not anti?car, but pro?choice (主张人工流产合法的)．We have recently run public meetings in London to set up a new car-free association for London, which is beginning to look at areas of the city from which traffic could be removed.We know considerable potential demand exists for traffic-free housing in London, and probably in a number of other major cities.
5．Vehicles can only enter the car?free areas if ________.
A．they come for special reasons
B．they are proved to be up to standard
C．they own a parking space nearby
D．they are permitted by the residents
解析：细节理解题。从文章第二段第二句可知，一般的车辆不允许进入“无车区”，除非是急救车或搬家公司的车。
答案：A
6．If you live in the district, you have to ________.
A．leave your car at the edge of the district
B．avoid driving a car except in emergency
C．let people know every year that you do not own a car
D．confirm that you haven't driven a car for a whole year
解析：细节理解题。文章第一段最后一句说明，如果你居住在“无车区”，必须每年报告一次，证明你没有车。
答案：C
7．We learn from the last paragraph that ________.
A．car?free areas have not been set up in London
B．it's still difficult to promote car?free development in London
C．traffic?free housing in London is in great demand
D．traffic is a big problem in car?free areas
解析：推理判断题。文章最后一段说明，在伦敦，人们对“无车区”的住房具有很大的需求。
答案：C
8．The author of the passage is probably ________.
A．a resident of a car?free area
B．a promotor of car?free areas
C．a resident who wants to move into a car?free area
D．a reporter covering news about car?free development
解析：推理判断题。文章最后一段作者说“我们”开会研究在伦敦推行欧洲模式的“无车区”，说明作者是一个“无车区”的组织者或推广者。
答案：B
牛哥@的小弟%上传
21！世纪*教育#网……版权+|有所
Ⅰ.重点单词必记
根据英文释义及词性写出单词
1．style n． manner of doing things
2．offer vt. put forward sth. to sb.; present
3．merchant n. trader; businessman
4．classical adj. (of music) serious or traditional
in style
5．formal adj. following accepted rules of behaviour
6．cycle v. ride a bicycle
7．occasion n. particular time
Ⅱ.高频短语必背
1．make notes 记下，记录
2．at the moment 此刻，目前
3．over the years 数年间
4．work out 算出，计算；解决，找到……的答案；理解(某人的)性格；结果(是)
5．as a result 结果；因此
6．come up with 提出……
7．play a part in 起作用
8．as well as 也；而且；又；还
9．look forward to 盼望，期待
10．cheer up (使)变得更高兴；使提起精神
11．make a difference 有关系，有影响
Ⅲ.经典句式必会
1．Which two do you think are the most important?
你认为哪两个是最重要的？
[句式分析] do you think在句中作插入语。
[尝试仿写] 你认为谁偷了你的蛋糕？
Who_do_you_think steal your cake?
2．Do you like collecting things? If so, what?
你喜欢收集东西吗？如果是那样的话，你喜欢收集什么？
[句式分析] if so为省略句，相当于if it is so属状语从句的省略。
[尝试仿写] 今天你出去游泳吗？如果去，什么时候？
Are you going swimming this afternoon? If_so,_when?
3．Merchants and bankers went to coffeehouses to do their business, as well as to drink coffee.
商人和银行家去咖啡屋边谈生意边喝咖啡。
[句式分析] as well as 在句中连接两个不定式，不定式在句中作状语。
[尝试仿写] 我们去“英语角”除了练习说英语之外，还唱英语歌曲。
We went to the English corner to sing English songs as_well_as_to_practice_speaking_English.
4．In fact, the London Stock Exchange is believed to have started from these coffeehouses.
实际上，人们认为伦敦证券交易所就起源于这些咖啡屋。
[句式分析] 主语＋be believed to have done为固定句式表示“人们认为……”。
[尝试仿写] 人们认为火箭(rocket)是中国人发明的。
The rocket is_believed_to_have_been_invented by Chinese.
Ⅳ.交际用语必备
1．你看电视很多吗？
Do_you_watch_much_TV?
2．你最喜欢的节目是什么？
What's_your_favorite_programme?
3．你喜欢演奏音乐吗？如果喜欢，那是什么呢？
Do_you_like_playing_music?_If_so,_what?
考点1
offer v．提供，给予n.提议，提供，出价
教材原句
However, you will not normally be offered wine at a “coffee” party. 然而，在咖啡聚会上，通常不为你准备酒。
He often offers me some good advice.
＝He often offers some good advice to me.
他经常向我提供些好建议。
The teacher offered to drive me home.
那位老师提出开车把我送回家。
They offered me ten thousand dollars for my house.
他们出价一万美元买我的房子。
[自主归纳]
①offer sb. sth.＝ offer sth. to sb. 给某人提供某物
②offer to_do sth. 主动提出做某事
③offer sb. money for sth. 向某人出价买某物
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①他给我提供了一个更好的职位。
He offered_me_a_better_position.
②这所房子我们向他索价20,000美元。
We offered_him_the_house_for $20,000.
③他主动帮助我。
He offered to_help_me.
2．单项填空
④Thank you for ________ to help, but I can manage it myself.
A．providing B．supplying
C．giving D．offering
解析：考查近义词用法辨析。句意：谢谢你主动提供帮助，但是我自己能行。A、B、C三个选项后都不能直接跟不定式，只有offer可以。
答案：D
考点2
at the moment此刻，现在，目前
教材
原句
At the moment I'm studying medicine at a university.
目前我正在一所大学学医。
He retires and has got enough time to take exercise at the moment.
他退休了，现在有时间锻炼身体了。
The boss kept silent for a moment and then spoke again.
老板沉默片刻，然后又讲话。
I'm expecting to see you at any moment.
我随时盼望着见到你。
They don't know what to do and wait for instructions for the moment.
他们不知道怎么办，暂时在等待指示。
The big fire was put out in a moment.
一会儿大火就被扑灭了。
I recognized her among the crowd the moment I saw her.
一看到她，我就在人群中认出了她。
[自主归纳]
①at any moment 随时
②for a moment 片刻，一会儿
③for the moment 暂时；目前
④in a moment 一会儿，立刻，马上
⑤the moment 一……就……
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①I'll let you know all about it the_moment_he_returns.
他一回来，我就把其中的一切统统告诉你。
②I have nothing to do for_the_moment.
我暂时无事可干。
③I'm busy at_the_moment,_but I'll do it later.
我此刻很忙，过后我会处理这件事的。
2．单项填空
④— Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed her?
— Yes, I gave it to her ________ I saw her.
A．while B．suddenly
C．once D．the moment
解析：考查连词词义。答句句意：是的，我一看见她，就把钱还给了她。由句意可知D项正确。
答案：D
考点3
as a result因此，结果
教材
原句
As a result, people often got very hungry during the long wait between these two meals.
因此，在早晚两顿饭之间的漫长等待过程中，人们时常感到饥饿。
The traffic was very heavy and as a result I arrived late.
交通十分拥挤，因此我迟到了。
He was often late for work. As a result, he was fired.
他经常上班迟到。结果他被解雇了。
[关键一点]
as a result和as a result of性质不同。前者是副词，在句中单独使用作状语；后者是介词短语，不能单独使用，必须跟名词、代词作其宾语才能在句中作状语。
He failed as a result of his carelessness.
由于粗心，他失败了。
[归纳拓展]
result in 导致，造成……结果
result from 起因于，由于
without result 毫无结果地，徒劳地
Bob's failing to pass the exam resulted from his laziness in study.
＝ Bob's laziness in study resulted in his failing to pass the exam.
鲍勃没能通过考试起因于他在学习上的懒惰。
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： as a result, as a result of
①He was late as_a_result_of the snow.
②It rained heavily. As_a_result,_we had to stay at home.
2．句型转换
③Success results from hard work and good opportunities.
→Hard work and good opportunities result in success.
④He was absent. As a result, he was blamed.
→He was blamed as a result of his absence.
3．单项填空
⑤The terrible accident ________ his carelessness.
A．as a result B．as a result of
C．resulted in D．resulted from
解析：句意：这场可怕的事故是由于他的粗心大意造成的。根据句子结构可知空格处应是谓语动词，故排除A、B两项。result in“导致(某种结果)”；result from“起因于”。
答案：D
考点4
come up with提出(观点、建议等)，想出(办法、答案等)；赶上
教材原句
To solve this problem, the Duchess came up with the clever idea of inviting some friends to join her for an afternoon meal between four and five o'clock.
为了解决这个问题，公爵夫人想出了一个好办法：在四点至五点之间，邀请一些朋友到她那里吃下午饭。
He came up with the good idea of going first to the West Lake and then to Mountain Huang.
他提出先去西湖然后去黄山这个好主意。
I'll have to study hard to come up with them.
我要努力学习赶上他们。
[归纳拓展]
come up 上来，被提出
come up to 走近
come out 出来；出版；开花
come across 遇见，碰到
come about 发生，产生
come true 实现，变成现实
A child came up to me and showed me the way to the station.
一个孩子走上前来，指点我到车站去的路。
When this masterpiece came out, nobody cared for it.
这部杰作在它问世时，没人注意它。
[多角度演练]
1．用come短语的适当形式填空
①I came_across him in the street yesterday.
②The housing problems came_up at the meeting once again.
③No one has come_up_with a convincing explanation of why dinosaurs died out.
④My dream has now come_true.
2．句型转换
⑤People came up with the question at the meeting.
→The question came up at the meeting.
3．单项填空
⑥The world's population is getting larger and larger, so scientists are trying to ________ new ways to solve the food problem.
A．catch up with B．keep up with
C．come up with D．make up with
解析：句意：世界人口越来越多，因此科学家们正试图想出一些新的办法来解决食物问题。catch up with“赶得上”；keep up with“跟得上”；come up with “想出”；make up with“和……和好如初”。
答案：C
考点5
make a difference有关系，有影响
教材原句
So start being happy today and make a difference to your quality of life.
所以就从今天开始快乐吧，使你的生活质量有所改观。
The fresh air has made a difference to her health.
新鲜空气改善了她的健康状况。
[归纳拓展]
make no difference 没有影响
make some difference 有一些影响
Whether he comes or not makes no difference to our party.
他是否会来对我们的聚会没有影响。
[关键一点]
make a difference前边常用it作形式主语，后接wh-从句；后边常与介词to连用。
It makes no difference to me whether he will go or not.
不管他去还是不去，对我无关紧要。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①The rain didn't_make_much_difference_to_the_game (对比赛没有多大影响)．
②A few kind words at the right time make_difference (效果不同)．
2．句型转换
③It doesn't matter much whether he agrees with it or not.
→Whether he agrees with it or not makes no difference.
④It's quite different which you choose.
→It makes a big difference which you choose.
3．单项填空
⑤Sometimes we fail and sometimes we succeed. It is how you react that makes a ________ in life.
A．development B．point
C．progress D．difference
解析：development“发展，开发”；point“点，要点”；progress“进步，发展”；difference“不同，差别”。make a difference“起作用，有关系，影响”。根据句意选D项。
答案：D
考点6
look forward to盼望，期待
教材原句
This will give you something exciting to look forward to and, of course, it'll be a break from your daily routine.
这会带来一些你期待的兴奋的感觉，而且，当然会让你从一天的日常琐事中解脱出来。
I'm looking forward to your reply.
我在盼望着你的回信。
I look forward to seeing you again.
我期待着与你再次相见。
The day you were looking forward to came at last.
你盼望的日子终于到来了。
[关键一点]
look forward to中的to为介词，因此后跟动作词时，要用动名词形式，不用不定式。
[归纳拓展]
put forward 提出
backwards and forwards 来来回回，前前后后
He put forward no new ideas about the plan.
就这个计划他没有提出新想法。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①Children sometimes put_forward_some_questions (提出一些问题) difficult to answer.
②We are looking forward to seeing_the_film (看电影) to be shown at the cinema this weekend.
2. 单项填空
③(2010·福建高考)We've just moved into a bigger house and there's a lot to do. Let's ________ it.
A．keep up with B．do away with
C．get down to D．look forward to
解析：考查动词短语意义辨析。keep up with“跟上，赶上”；do away with“干掉，废除，取消”；get down to“开始着手……”；look forward to“期望，期盼”。根据句意，可知C正确，第二句句意为“让我们开始着手做吧！”
答案：C
1．Do you like collecting things？If_so,_what?
你喜欢收集东西吗？如果是那样的话，你喜欢收集什么？
(1)If so相当于If it is so，属于状语从句的省略。
Do you like this sweater? If so, take it away.
喜欢这件毛衣吗？如果喜欢，拿走吧。
(2)状语从句的省略
在when, while, if, as if, though, unless等连词引导的状语从句中，如果谓语动词是be，而从句的主语又跟主句的主语相同或从句的主语为it时，则从句的主语和be动词常常省略。
When (I was) in Japan, I took many beautiful pictures.
在日本时，我拍了许多漂亮的照片。
While (I was) waiting, I read a newspaper.
我边等待，边看报纸。
[多角度演练]
1．把下面句子改成省略句
①If it is possible, I'll go to see her.
→I'll_go_to_see_her_if_possible.
②They just carried out the order as they were told.
→They_just_carried_out_the_order_as_told.
③When he was asked about his marriage, he made no answer.
→When_asked_about_his_marriage,_he_made_no_answer.
2．完成句子
④Whenever_(it_is)_possible (无论何时只要可能), just come and see us.
⑤If_(it_is)_necessary (如果有必要的话), I'll go there myself.
3．单项填空
⑥— Have you got any particular plans for the coming holiday?
— Yes. ________， I'm going to visit some homes for the old in the city.
A．If ever B．If busy
C．If anything D．If possible
解析：if possible意为“如果可能的话”，表示如果可能的话我将去参观一些城市里的敬老院。if ever“如果曾经有的话”。
答案：D
2．In fact, the London Stock Exchange is_believed_to_have_started from these coffeehouses.
实际上，人们认为伦敦证券交易所就起源于这些咖啡屋。
(1)句中“be believed to＋不定式”结构，可译为“人们认为/相信”，可转换为“It is believed that ...”句型。
Venice is believed to be a most beautiful city.
＝ It is believed that Venice is a most beautiful city.
(2)可以用于这一句型的动词有 say, think, believe, suppose等。
It was said that the couple had been to Japan in the Tang Dynasty.
＝The couple were said to have been to Japan in the Tang Dynasty.
据说唐朝时期这对夫妇曾经到过日本。
[关键一点]
上述两种句型相互转化时，需要注意不定式和that从句中谓语动词的相应变化。
[多角度演练]
1．句型转换
①It is said that he went abroad.
→He is said to have gone abroad.
②People say he is studying medicine by himself now.
He is said to be studying medicine by himself now.
2．一句多译
人们认为他是个傻子。
③People_think_he_is_a_fool.
④He_is_thought_to_be_a_fool.
⑤It_is_thought_that_he_is_a_fool.
3．单项填空
⑥Leonardo da Vinci ________ birds kept in cages in order to have the pleasure of setting them free.
A．is said to be buying B．is said to have bought
C．had said to buy D．has said to have bought
解析：句意：据说达芬奇为了得到放生的乐趣，经常买被关在笼子里的小鸟。主语与say之间是被动关系，所以用被动语态；不定式表示的动作发生在is said 之前，所以用完成式。
答案：B
如何写私人信函
高考书信作文主要考查的是考生的书信内容，即考查考生对语言的综合运用能力。通常情况下，信头、称呼和信末签名都已给出。
写好私人信函应注意以下几点：
1．私人信件的结构
(1)信头：寄信人地址和写信日期，写在信封右上角，地址由小到大。例如：
No.20 Nanjing Street
Beijing, 100000
China
June 2, 2010
(2)信内地址：在发信日期下一行顶格写。私人信件一般不写信内地址。
(3)称呼：顶格，要大写，并且称呼后通常用逗号。
(4)正文：每段起首处空4～6个字母的距离。
(5)结束语：首字母大写，其后用逗号。私人信件比较随便，可用Yours或Yours ever等。
(6)签名：除了对亲人或熟悉的朋友外，必须写全姓名。
2．正文篇章结构
(1)首段：开门见山，表明意图。
(2)主体段落：陈述事由。
(3)结尾段：礼貌地提出自己的愿望或希望。有时可为总结语。
一、开头常用语
Thank you very much for your letter!
来信已收到，甚为感谢！
Glad to receive your letter of July 3rd.
很高兴收到你7月3日的来信。
I'm writing to express ...
我写信是为了表达……
I'm writing to ask about ...
我写信给你，想询问……
二、正文常用语
I suggest you do ...
我建议你……
I think you should ...
我认为你应该……
I'm sure you will ...
我认为你会……
三、结尾常用语
I have to stop now.
我不得不写到这里。
I'm looking forward to hearing from you soon.
盼望早日来信。
Please give/send my regards/best wishes/remember me to ...
代我向……问好。
[题目要求]
假设你是一名在英国学习的中学生李明，在给你的中国朋友王林介绍你的中学学习及生活情况：
1．轻松的生活方式；
2．没有太大的学习压力；
3．通过远程学习可以选修你自己喜欢的科目；
4．你喜欢充满挑战的生活，不想让电视连续剧、卡通片，电视谈话等节目去占据你的业余时间，而是去做健康饮食广告宣传的志愿者。
[三步作文法]
第一步：搜索词汇
1．生活方式：lifestyle 2.轻松的：relaxing
3．有压力的：stressful 4.远程学习：distance_learning
5．充满：filled_with 6.挑战：challenge
7．电视连续剧：TV_series 8.占据：take_up
9．志愿者：volunteer 10.饮食：diet
第二步：由词造句
1．我喜欢这里轻松而又无压力的生活方式。
①I love the lifestyle here. It is relaxing and it's not stressful.
②I love the lifestyle here, which_is_relaxing_and_not_stressful.(定语从句)
2．你知道我喜欢充满挑战的生活方式。
①I love the lifestyle. It is filled with challenge. You know that.
②As_you_know,_I love the lifestyle filled_with_challenge.(定语从句)
3．我不喜欢电视连续剧、卡通片、电视谈话节目占用我大部分的业余时间。
①TV series, cartoons and TV talk shows take up much of my spare time. I hate it.
②I_hate_it that TV series, cartoons and TV talk shows take up much of my spare time.(宾语从句)
第三步：连句成篇
Dear Wang Lin，
I'm writing to tell you about my school in Britain. I love the lifestyle here, relaxing and not stressful. I can also choose my favorite subject by distance learning. In fact, as you know, I like the lifestyle filled with challenge. I hate it that TV series, cartoons and TV talk shows etc. take up much of my free time. I volunteer for the advertisement of health diet in my spare time.
I'm looking forward to receiving your letter about your school life.
Yours，
Wang Lin
Ⅰ.句型转换
1．The hall is crowded with people.
→The hall ________ ________ ________ people.
→The hall ________ ________ ________ people.
答案：is full of; is filled with
2．It took me five minutes to finish the work.
→I ________ five minutes ________ ________ the work.
答案：spent; in finishing
3．I prefer classical music to jazz music.
→I ________ ________ listen to classical music ________ ________ ________ jazz music.
答案：would rather; than listen to
4．She is such a lovely girl that all of us like her.
→She is ________ ________ ________ ________ that all of us like her.
答案：so lovely a girl
5．He almost knocked me down before he saw me.
→He ________ ________ ________ ________ he almost knocked me down.
答案：didn't see me until
Ⅱ.课文缩写填空
People believe that an 1.________ duchess (公爵夫人), first 2.________ the idea of afternoon tea. In the 18th and 3.________ centuries, the English ate only two main meals each day — breakfast and 4.________ that would last for several hours in the evening. 5.________， people often got hungry during these two meals. To solve it, she 6.________ the clever idea of inviting her friends to her afternoon meal between four and 7.________ o'clock. During the meal, tea 8.________ to wash down the food. In order to make it move important, fine 9.________ and plates, and silver teapots and so on were used, soon 10.________ became popular.
答案：1.English 2.introduced 3.19th 4.a heavy supper 5．As a result 6.came up with 7.five 8.was served 9.china cups 10.afternoon tea parties
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．________， we should try our best to prevent water from being polluted.
A．However B．Otherwise
C．Anyway D．Though
解析：句意：无论如何，我们应该尽力来阻止水被污染。四个选项都是副词，意思分别为“然而”，“否则”，“无论如何”和“尽管”。
答案：C
2．________ I saw you, I knew you were angry with me.
A．Unless B．Suddenly
C．Once D．The moment
解析：句意：我一看到你，就知道你在生我的气。the moment“一……就……”，引导时间状语从句。
答案：D
3．Later when they are far away from the earth and there is ________ gravity, they find they are unable to stay in one place.
A．no longer B．no more
C．not any longer D．not any more
解析：句意：过后，当他们远离地球，到了不再有地球引力的地方时，他们才发现不可能停留在一个地方不动。此处no more作“不再有，不再存在”讲，用作定语，修饰gravity。
答案：B
4．The books, ________ the dictionaries, must be put back where they ________.
A．included; were B．to include; are
C．including; were D．including; are
解析：句意：这些书包括字典在内必须放回原先在的位置。根据句子结构可知，第一个空格处应为介词including；又根据句意第二空格处应指原先的位置，故为一般过去时。
答案：C
5．Tom, ________ Jane and Rose, ________ going to the farm on foot.
A．as long as; is B．as well as; are
C．as long as; are D．as well as; is
解析：句意：汤姆，还有简和罗斯，要步行去农场。as well as表示“还，又”，连接的复合主语不影响谓语动词的数，所以谓语动词和Tom一致，用单数形式。
答案：D
6．— What part does music ________ in people's life?
— It can help people ease (减轻) the pressure of life.
A．play B．have
C．make D．produce
解析：在此意为“作用”，应与play搭配，构成play an part in这一短语，句意为“音乐在人们的生活中起什么作用？”“它可以帮助人们减轻生活压力”。
答案：A
7．— It was really very kind of you to give me a lift home.
—Oh, don't mention it. I ________ past your house anyway.
A．was coming B．will come
C．had come D．have come
解析：句意：“你让我搭便车回家真是太好了。”“噢，不用客气，反正我当时正好经过你家。”此处用过去进行时表示过去某个时间内正在进行的动作。
答案：A
8．— He says he doesn't like you.
— ________
A．So what? B．Like that?
C．What if? D．About what?
解析：考查说话人的态度，so what那又怎么样？
答案：A
Ⅳ.完形填空
I am a good mother to three children.I have tried never to let my profession __1__ in the way of being a good parent.
I no longer consider myself the __2__ of the universe.I show up.I listen.I try to laugh.I am a good friend to my __3__.I have tried to make marriage vows (誓约) __4__ what they say.I am a good friend to my friends, and they __5__ me.Without them, there would be nothing to say to you today.So here's what I wanted to tell you today：Get a __6__.A real life, not a desire of the next __7__， the bigger paycheck, the larger house.
Get a life in which you are not __8__.Find people you love, and who love you.And remember that love is not __9__， it is work.__10__ the phone.Send an e?mail.Write a letter.And realize that life is the best thing and __11__ you have no business taking it for granted.
It is so easy to __12__ our lives, our days, our hours, and our minutes.It is so easy to exist __13__ to live.I learned to live many years ago.Something really, really __14__ happened to me, something that changed my life in the way that, if I had my choice, it would never have been changed at all.And what I learned from it is what, today, seems to be the hardest __15__ of all.
I learned to love the __16__， not the destination.I learned to look at all the good in the world and try to give some of it back because I believed in it, completely and totally.And I tried to do that, in part, by telling others what I had learned.
By telling them __17__： Read in the backyard with the sun on your face.Learn to be happy.And think of life as a deadly __18__， because if you do __19__ it ought to be lived, you will live it with joy and __20__.
语篇解读：作者告诉我们：要过真正的生活而不是简单地生存。真正的生活不是一个人的世界，而是有你爱的人和爱你的人生活的世界……
1．A.come B．stand
C．take D．block
解析：stand in the way意思是“碍事，挡道”。我努力不让我的职业妨碍自己成为一个好母亲。
答案：B
2．A.body B．star
C．center D．planet
解析：根据后面的内容可知，我不再将自己当成是宇宙的中心，即不再以自我为中心。
答案：C
3．A.child B．husband
C．mother D．friend
解析：结合上下文尤其是后面句子中的marriage vows可知，B项正确，即我是丈夫的好朋友。
答案：B
4．A.mean B．express
C．concern D．convince
解析：mean意思是“表示……的意思”，即我努力实践自己和丈夫的结婚誓约。
答案：A
5．A.for B．of
C．with D．to
解析：承接前面的I am a good friend to my friends可知此处为省略用法，即they are good friends to me。
答案：D
6．A.job B．family
C．life D．home
解析：根据后面的A real life可知，这里应该选life。
答案：C
7．A.promotion B．success
C．baby D．accomplishment
解析：根据后面的the bigger paycheck, the larger house可知此处应指工作职位的提升，用promotion。真正的生活，不是对下一次的晋升、更高工资和更大房子的期望。
答案：A
8．A.busy B．guilty
C．immature D．alone
解析：根据本句后面的内容，尤其是Find people you love, and who love you可知，真正的生活里不只有你，还有你爱的人和爱你的人。因此alone最恰当。
答案：D
9．A.game B．fun
C．enthusiasm D．leisure
解析：根据后面的it is work和空前的not可知空处的内容与work相反，故D项正确。leisure意思是“休闲”，其他选项不合语境。
答案：D
10．A.Pick up B．Take up
C．Hold up D．Get up
解析：pick up意思是“拿起”。拿起电话(联系他们吧)。
答案：A
11．A.whether B．what
C．/ D．that
解析：这里的that引导的从句和前面一个that引导的从句是并列的宾语从句，作realize的宾语，不可省略，故答案为D。
答案：D
12．A.waste B．spend
C．kill D．pass
解析：waste“浪费，白费”，常指浪费生命、时间、金钱等。
答案：A
13．A.in favour of B．instead of
C．in spite of D．in honour of
解析：instead of意思是“(是……)而不是……”，此处表示人很容易生存而不是真正地生活着。
答案：B
14．A.nice B．fierce
C．bad D．great
解析：根据后面的if I had my choice, it would never have been changed at all和本段最后一句中的hardest可知，发生的一定是很不好的事情。其他选项不合语境。
答案：C
15．A.decision B．method
C．life D．lesson
解析：lesson意思是“教训，经验”，即从今天看来，那是我受到的最大的教训。
答案：D
16．A.trip B．journey
C．tour D．travel
解析：与后面的not the destination相对应，即我学会喜欢旅程，而不是终点。
答案：B
17．A.this B．that
C．it D．follows
解析：this指代后面紧接着要说的话。
答案：A
18．A.routine B．acquaintance
C．illness D．enemy
解析：根据deadly“致命的”可知，选illness恰当。
答案：C
19．A.as if B．how
C．as D．than
解析：as表示“正如”。因为如果按照生活原本的样子来生活你就会活得快乐，充满激情。
答案：C
20．A.delight B．sorrow
C．anxiety D．passion
解析：passion意思是“热情，激情”，即快乐地、充满热情地生活。其他选项delight“高兴”，与前面的joy意义重复；sorrow“难过”，anxiety“焦虑”，均不合语境。
答案：D
Ⅴ.阅读理解
A Northern Ireland team is leading the search for a thinking computer which can sense a user's moods (情绪)．Researchers at Queen's University in Belfast hope to complete the 10 million?euro project for an emotion?sensitive (感知情感功能的) computer within four years.
The aim is to make computers think and do things more like humans.And 160 researchers join in the project.The university's researchers made an agreement with the European Commission.The work may try to make “multi?modal interfaces (界面)” which allow machines to sense and respond to the moods of the user.
Programme coordinator (协调者) Professor Roddy Cowie said while it sounded like science fiction, computers which responded to human feelings would appear.
“At the moment, our use of computers is limited by the fact that we need a keyboard and a screen to access (使用) them，” he said.
“But feelings are part of normal speech，and experience has shown that most users are deeply uncomfortable with speech interfaces that ignore it — too uncomfortable to use them very much.”
“If we can make computers more expressive, and also less challenging to use, there is a great chance to let people make full use of information technology.”
The emotion?sensitive computer would have its own “personality” and build a social relationship with the user.
“It's a fair bet that in 30 years' time, emotion?sensitive interfaces will be as much part of life as windows and mouse interfaces are now，” said Professor Cowie.
The project team believes such computers would play an important part in teaching and learning.
语篇解读：北爱尔兰的研究人员正在研究一种能够感知人类情感的电脑。这种电脑能够感知电脑用户的情感，并能够对此做出反应。
1．What does the passage mainly tell us?
A．Researchers at Queen's University have completed a project.
B．The search for an emotion?sensitive computer is being led by a Northern Ireland team.
C．160 researchers have joined in the 10 million?euro project for a thinking computer.
D．Computers are playing a more and more important part in our daily life.
解析：主旨大意题。从整篇文章来看，本文第一段的第一句是文章的主题句，即本文主要告诉读者北爱尔兰的一些研究人员正在带头研究一种能够感知人类情感的电脑。
答案：B
2．It can be learned from the passage that ________.
A．an emotion?sensitive computer has been invented and is being put into use
B．an emotion?sensitive computer cannot respond to the moods of the user
C．an emotion?sensitive computer has not been invented by the team
D．the search for the emotion?sensitive computer has not gained people's support
解析：细节理解题。从第一段最后一句可知，研究人员计划在四年之内完成这项能够感知人类情感电脑的研究。
答案：C
3．What does Professor Roddy Cowie think of the emotion-sensitive computer?
A．He thinks it is only a work of science fiction.
B．He thinks it is worth the search and it is easy to produce.
C．He believes it is impossible for the team to invent the emotion?sensitive computer.
D．He believes it can come into being.
解析：推理判断题。从第三段Professor Roddy Cowie所说的话可知，他认为这种能够感知人类情感的电脑能够出现。
答案：D
4．What are emotion?sensitive computers believed to do in the future?
A．They will take the place of teachers in teaching and learning.
B．They can build a social relationship with human beings.
C．They will replace human beings and control the world.
D．They have the same “personality” as their users.
解析：细节理解题。由倒数第三段可知，这种感知人类情感的电脑将能够与他们的使用者建立一种社会关系。
答案：B
牛哥@的小弟%上传
21！世纪*教育#网……版权+|有所
Ⅰ.重点单词必记
A．根据英文释义写出单词
1．promote raise sb. to a higher position or rank
2．react respond
3．quality degree of goodness or worth
4．disabled unable to use a limb or limbs (肢体)
5．relationship state of being related by birth or marriage
6．injury harm done to a person's or an animal's body, for example in an accident
B．语境填词
7．Superman (超人) is usually considered as a superhero (超级英雄). In our eyes, he can pull_through (渡过难关) any injury or disaster (灾难) on_his_own (独自地)．
8．He is far_too_confident (过于自信)that he never commits (犯)any error and he never gives_up (放弃)．
Ⅱ.高频短语必背
1．come to 达到某种状态
2．raise money 集资，募捐
3．draw one's attention 吸引某人的注意力
4．commit suicide 自杀
5．get on 融洽相处；进展
6．get involved with 参加，参与
7．react to 对……作出反应
8．be confident_of 对……有信心
9．pull through 使从(受伤)中活过来；渡过难关
10．give up 放弃
11．on one's own 独自地，单独地
12．far too 太……，极为……
13．live with 忍受，容忍
Ⅲ.经典句式必会
1．He also raised a lot of money to promote medical research into back injuries.
他还募集了许多钱用来促进对背伤的医学研究。
[句式分析] 不定式to promote ... injuries作目的状语。
[尝试仿写] 我们举行仪式来庆祝国庆节。
We held a ceremony to_celebrate_our_National_Day.
2．This is how I got involved with my charity work to improve the quality of life for all disabled people.
这就是我如何参与了为改善所有残疾人的生活质量而进行慈善工作的过程。
[句式分析] how引导的是表语从句，to improve ... people为不定式短语作定语。
[尝试仿写] 这就是我们如何应对经济危机的。
This is how_we've_dealt_with the economic crisis.
3．With the progress of new medical research, I'm confident that people like me would be able to walk again one day.
随着新的医学研究的进步，我坚信像我这样的人有一天 一定能再行走起来。
[句式分析] be confident that ...为固定句型，意为“对……有信心。”
[尝试仿写] 我对你能按时完成任务有信心。
I'm_confident_that you can finish the task in time.
4. So you can see, I'm far too busy with living to think of giving up.
你知道，我整天忙于生活，根本没有时间去考虑放弃。
[句式分析] too ... to为固定句式，意为“如此……而不能……”。
[尝试仿写] 她太忙了不能照顾她的家人。
She is too_busy_to_take_care_of her family.
5．(长难句分析)This not only drew public attention to research into back injuries but also encouraged a lot of people living with all kinds of problems.
这样不仅将公众的注意力引到了对背伤的研究上，而且还鼓励了许多忍受各种疾病的人们。
[句式分析] 本句为简单句，由not only, but also连接两个动宾词组。句子的后边living ... problems为现在分词短语作定语。
Read the text quickly and find out the words that match the following.
Have you seen the famous film Superman? The main actor of the film is (1)____________. He is a famous (2)________， director and producer. He is not only a (3)________ in the films but also a superhero in real life.
答案：(1)Christopher Reeve (2)actor (3)superman
Choose the best answer according to the text.
1．Christopher Reeve is famous as a(n)________．
A．actor B．player
C．doctor D．superman
2．After Christopher fell from his horse，________.
A．he couldn't breathe
B．he made speeches all over the world
C．he became a doctor
D．he couldn't walk
3．What saved Christopher's life?
A．Medicine. B．The doctor's words.
C．His wife's love. D．His own film.
4．Christopher did many things for the charity, except that________.
A．he raised a lot of money to promote medical research into back injuries
B．he made speeches all over the USA about his experiences
C．he made his parents get closer
D．he helped many disabled people improve their quality of life
5．From the passage we know________.
A．Christopher could walk at last
B．Christopher never thought of giving up
C．Christopher's parents got married again
D．Christopher got involved with charity work before he fell from his horse
答案： 1.A 2.D 3.C 4.C 5.B
Read the text carefully and then fill in the chart with the information in the text.
Christopher Reeve
Christopher Reeve
born in September, 1952; made many _________films and TV shows but famous for his _________ films.
He fell from his horse and ________his back; the second year after his accident, he returned to ______ making and also raised a lot of money to ________ medical research into back ________．
having a strong family relationship
always getting on really _____ with his wife.
his parents became ________ than ever before.
the reason why he got involved with
________ work
wanting to help those disabled people to improve their ________ of life.
答案：successfulSupermanbrokefilm promoteinjurieswellclosercharityquality
考点1
on one's own单独地，独自地
教材原句
At first, he couldn't breathe without a machine, but he learnt to breathe on his own. 起初，他离不开呼吸机，但他很快学会了自己呼吸。
He had to go fishing on his own because his fellows were not free that day.
他只好独自去钓鱼，因为他的伙伴那天都没有空。
[辨析比较] on one's own, of one's own
on one's own
“独自，靠自己”，一般用作状语和表语
of one's own
“属于某人自己”，一般用作定语
I studied a second foreign language on my own.
我又自学了第二门外语。
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： on one's own, of one's own
①He left the company to start a business of_his_own.
②His wife died and the old man has been living on_his_own for four years.
2．单句改错
③The boy did it by his own.
答案：by→on
④He bought a car for his own.
答案：for→of
3．单项填空
⑤He is old enough to travel________. After all, he is already 18 years old.
A．on his own B．of himself
C．of his own D．at the moment
解析：句意：他够大了，可以单独旅行。毕竟，他已经18岁了。因此选A项，也可以用by himself。of one's own一般作后置定语，意为“属于某人自己的”。at the moment“那时”，不合句意。
答案：A
考点2
injury n．伤害，损害
教材
原句
He also raised a lot of money to promote medical research into back injuries.
他还募捐了许多钱用来促进背部研究。
What you said just now is an injury to her.
你刚刚说的话对她来说是伤害。
Pollution does a great injury to us.
污染对我们伤害很大。
Don't do that.You will do yourself an injury.
不要那样做。你会把自己弄伤的。
[自主归纳]
①be an injury to sb. 对某人有害
②do sb. an injury ＝ do an injury to sb. 伤害某人
[归纳拓展]
injured adj. 受伤的
get injured 受伤
the injured 伤员，受伤的人
Luckily, only two people got injured in this car accident without any death.
幸运的是，在这次交通事故中只有两个人受伤，没有死亡。
The injured were sent to the hospital as soon as possible.
伤员被尽快地送往了医院。
[辨析比较] injury, harm, wound, hurt
injury
平时的大小创伤或伤害，尤指意外事故中造成的伤害
harm
指精神和肉体上的极小损害，不仅可用于人或物，也可用于抽象事物
wound
指战斗中刀或枪的创伤，伤口
hurt
尤指精神上和感情上的伤害，也可指肉体上的伤痛
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： injury, harm, wound, hurt
①He got serious injuries to legs during the car accident.
②The soldier received two wounds in the battle.
③The hurt to his feelings is more serious than that in his body.
④I mean no harm to her.
2．完成句子
⑤Be careful, or you might get_injured (受伤)．
⑥The_wounded_were_taken_good_care_of (伤员受到了很好的照顾) in that hospital then.
3．单项填空
⑦His remarks brought a(n)________to the artist's reputation, which made the public angry.
A．injury B．wound
C．hurt D．harm
解析：句意：他的言论损害了那位艺术家的声誉，这让公众很气愤。injury“损害，伤害”；wound“伤口(多指枪伤、刀伤等外伤)”；hurt主要指肉体、心灵上和感情上的“伤害”；harm“损害(不可数名词)”。
答案：A
考点3
give up放弃(念头、希望等)，停止，认输
教材
原句
Have you thought of giving up after the accident？
事故发生后，你想过放弃吗？
You ought to give up smoking.
你应该戒烟。
The job means a lot to him. How can he possibly give it up?
这份工作对他来说很重要。他怎么可能放弃呢？
Take up your courage and don't give up and you'll succeed.
鼓起勇气不放弃，你才能成功。
[自主归纳]
give up doing sth. 放弃做某事
[归纳拓展]
give in 屈服，投降，让步；提出，递交
give away 不小心透露；赠送，免费给予
give off 发出(蒸汽、光等)
give out 分配，分发；(食物、燃料、力气等)用光，精疲力竭
Her patience finally gave out.
她最终忍无可忍了。
I was afraid the kids would give the whole thing away.
恐怕孩子们会把这整件事说出去。
[多角度演练]
1．介、副词填空
①His accent gave him away as a northerner.
②Please help him to give out the papers.
③Be confident and never give in to the difficulty.
2．单句改错
④The gas was given out on the way.
答案：was given→gave
⑤This is a secret between us two, but you gave it off.
答案：off→away
3．单项填空
⑥His parents told him that smoking did a lot of harm to his health, so he decided to________.
A．give it up B．give it away
C．give it in D．give it off
解析：句意：他父母告诉他吸烟对他的身体危害很大，所以他打算戒烟了。此题考查give up的用法。give up意为“放弃，戒掉”，其中up为副词，当宾语为代词时，要置于give和up之间。give in意为“屈服，让步”，为不及物动词短语，不能直接跟宾语。
答案：A
考点4
come to达到某种状态，逐渐，终于……，结果是……
教材
原句
Four days after the injury, I came to understand my situation.
受伤4天以后，我开始明白我自身的情形了。
In time you will come to know the meaning of what I said.
到时候你就会知道我所说的意思的。
She had come to see the problem in a new light.
她开始从新的角度来看待这个问题。
[关键一点]
come to后可以接名词或代词，也可以接不定式。接不定式时，表示逐步认识、理解、相信等渐进过程。
[归纳拓展]
come to a decision/conclusion 作出决定/得出结论
come to a stop/an end 停止/结束
come to oneself/life 苏醒过来
when it comes to (doing) sth. 当提到(做)某事时
We came to a conclusion that the discussion was of great value.
我们得出结论，这次讨论有很大价值。
After a long time, the wounded soldier came to life finally.
很长时间之后，伤员终于苏醒过来。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①He came_to_a_conclusion (得出结论) according to what he observed.
②She was very excited when_it_comes_to_travelling_in_space (当读到太空旅游的时候)．
2．翻译句子
③We come to realize its value till then.
直到那时我们才逐渐认识到它的价值。
④罢工终于结束了。
The_strike_came_to_an_end_finally.
3．单项填空
⑤When he________， he found himself in hospital.
A．came to B．came about
C．came across D．came out
解析：句意：当他醒来时，发现自己在医院里。come to相当于come to oneself/life。come about为不及物动词词组，意为“发生， 产生”； come across“偶然遇到”；come out“出版，出来”，都不符合句意。
答案：A
考点5
pull through恢复健康；渡过难关；(使从受伤中)活下来
教材
原句
The doctor said I was not going to pull through.
医生说我无法康复了。
His wife helped him pull through at last.
最终他的妻子帮他渡过了难关。
Mary had difficulty with her work for the exams, but her teacher pulled her through.
玛丽在准备考试中有困难，但她的老师帮她渡过了难关。
[归纳拓展]
pull down 拆掉，摧毁
pull in/into (火车等)开进站
pull up 停下，使车停住
pull out 拔出，离开，离站
pull on 匆忙穿上
The old teaching building has been pulled down and a new one is under construction.
旧的教学楼被拆掉了，一座新教学楼正在建设中。
He pulled on his overcoat and rushed out.
他匆忙穿上大衣就冲了出去。
[多角度演练]
1．介、副词填空
①The traffic lights turned red and the driver pulled up.
②It is easy to pull down than to build up.
③As the train pulled into/in the station, there was a rush to get seats.
④With careful nursing, the patient could pull through.
2．单项填空
⑤The train________and all the passengers got off in a hurry.
A．pulled in B．pulled out
C．pulled on D．pulled down
解析：句意：火车进站后旅客匆忙下车。考查动词短语的用法。pull in“(车)进站，(船)靠岸”；pull out“(车、船等)驶出”；pull on“穿上”；pull down“拆毁，拉倒”。
答案：A
考点6
get on 融洽相处；进展；身体状况；上车
教材
原句
We have always got on really well.
我们总是相处得很好。
How is the construction of the new bridge getting on?
新桥的建设进展如何？
[归纳拓展]
get on/along (well) with ……进展状况/相处关系状况/身体状况
(良好)
get across (使)通过；(使)被理解
get away 离开
get down 下来
get over 越过，克服
get down to (doing) sth. 开始认真处理/对待某事
get in 收割，收获
get through 用完，耗完，按通，完成
He seems to be getting along well with his business.
他的生意似乎进展得不错。
How can I get it across to you how important this is?
我怎样做才能让你理解这件事的重要性？
We are sure to get over the difficulties.
我们一定能克服困难。
Let's get down to business.
咱们开始做正事。
[多角度演练]
1．介、副词填空
①The farmers are getting the crops in now that they are ripe.
②We must get over difficulties in our work.
③The boy was getting down a ladder.
④The thief robbed the bank and got away with a lot of money.
⑤He couldn't get his ideas across.
2．单项填空
⑥We like Jack because he is a man________everybody thinks is pleasant to________.
A．who; talk B．whom; get on with
C．who; get on with D．whom; talks with
解析：在定语从句中everyone thinks是插入语，可省略，故定语从句应是who is pleasant to get on with。A项应在talk后加to或with。
答案：C
考点7
react vi.反应，反抗
教材
原句
How did your parents react to the accident？
你父母对这次事故有什么反应？
Some people can react badly to some certain food.
有的人对某些食物会产生不良反应。
He reacted strongly against the suggestion.
他强烈反对这个建议。
Iron reacts with water and air to produce rust.
铁和水及空气发生反应产生铁锈。
Your applause would react on/upon the speaker.
你们的喝彩对演说者有影响。
[自主归纳]
①react to ... 对……做出反应
②react against ... 反抗，反对……
③react with 和……发生化学反应
④react on/upon 对……起作用
[多角度演练]
1．介词填空
①He didn't react to the bad news.
②Once he has made a decision, no one can react against him.
③Hydrogen reacts with oxygen.
④The rise of oil costs reacted on the price of food.
2．单项填空
⑤I don't know how William________your idea.
A．will react to B．reacted against
C．reacted D．react with
解析：句意：“我不知道威廉对你的想法有什么反应”。react to “ 对……作出反应”；react against “反抗，对抗”；react with sth.“同某物质发生化学反应”。
答案：A
考点8
far too ... 太……，极为……，非常……
教材
原句
So you can see, I'm far too busy with living to think of giving up！
你可以看到，我整天忙于生活，根本没有时间去考虑放弃！
Please close the door. It's far too cold outside.
请关上门。外面太冷了。
Ding Junhui did far too well in the match.
丁俊晖在比赛中发挥得极为出色。
[归纳拓展]
so far 到目前为止(常与完成时连用)
far from 远不是(后跟名词、代词、动名词或形容词)
as far as I know 据我所知
by far 大大地，……得多(与形容词、副词的比较级或最高级连用)
As far as I know, he is kind.
据我所知，他人不错。
So far, we have finished half of the task.
到目前为止，我们已完成了一半的任务。
It is far from perfect.
离完美还差得很远。
The last of these reasons is by far the most important.
这些理由中最后一条是最重要的。
[关键一点]
短语far too后跟形容词、副词，far用来加强too的语气，表示程度。英语中，可用来修饰too的副词还有rather, much等，而fairly, very, by far则不行。
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： far too, by far, so far, far from
①Our lives have been easy so_far.
②He is not a fool, far_from it.
③This is better_by_far.
④He got to the station far_too early.
⑤He hasn't been there so_far as I know.
2．单项填空
⑥—What he has done is ________ satisfactory.
—No wonder the boss was angry with him.
A．too far B．far too
C．far from D．by far
解析：far from ...“远非……”。第一句句意：他所做的事远不让人满意。
答案：C
1．This not_only drew public attention to research into back injuries but_also encouraged a lot of people living with all kinds of problems.
这样不仅将公众的注意力引到了对背伤的研究上，而且还鼓励了许多忍受各种疾病的人们。
本句中的两个谓语drew和encouraged是由not only ... but also ...连接的。not only ... but also ...意为“不但……而且……”，用来连接两个并列的主语、宾语、表语、谓语或句子。
He not only read the book, but also remembered what he had read.
他不但读了这本书，而且记得所读的内容。(并列谓语)
This book is not only interesting but also useful.
这本书不仅有趣，而且有用。(并列表语)
He speaks not only English but also French.
他不仅讲英语，还讲法语。(并列宾语)
Not only you but (also) I am to blame.
不仅你，我也要受责备。(并列主语)
Not only did he save me, but also he accompanied me.
他不仅救了我，还陪着我。(并列句子)
[自主归纳]
①not only ... but (also) ...连接的并列成分作主语时，谓语的人称和数遵循“就近原则”；either ... or ..., neither ... nor .... 也有相似的用法。
②not only ... but (also) ...连接两个并列分句时，若not only ... 位于句首，则not only后的分句部分倒装。
[多角度演练]
1．判断正误(T/F)
①Not only women are allowed to take part, but also they play an important part in the present-day Olympics.(F)
②Not only are women allowed to take part, but also they play an important part in the present-day Olympics.(T)
③Not only the children but also their teacher is going to attend the meeting.(T)
④Not only their teacher but also the children is going to attend the meeting.(F)
2．单项填空
⑤Not only ________ polluted but ________ crowded.
A．was the city; were the streets
B．the city was; were the streets
C．was the city; the streets were
D．the city was; the streets were
解析：not only位于句首，它所在的分句应使用部分倒装，但是but (also)后的分句不能倒装。句意：这座城市不仅被污染了，而且街道很拥挤。
答案：C
2．So you can see, I'm far too busy with living to think of giving up!
你看，我现在忙于生活，没时间去考虑放弃！
(1)too ... to ...意为“太……而不能……”，too修饰形容词或副词，to后接动词原形。在“too ... to ...”结构中有时出现可数名词单数，而该结构的形式通常为“too＋adj.＋a/an＋可数名词单数”。
The sentence is too difficult for me to translate.
＝The sentence is difficult enough for me to translate.
这个句子太难我翻译不了。
Your brother is too young a boy to be fit for the work.
＝Your brother is so young a boy that he is not fit for the work.
你弟弟太小还不能胜任这项工作。
(2)too ... to ...结构表示肯定意义的情况
①当too之后跟的是表示主语的态度、情感、心情或倾向的词glad, eager, anxious, happy, ready, nervous, pleased等时。
②当“too ... to ...”结构中含有not或never等否定词时。
③当too前有only, just, simply, all, but等词时。
The teacher was too happy to hear the news that White had been admitted to a university.
听到怀特已经被一所大学录取的消息，怀特的老师太高兴了。
You will be never too careful to go across the street.
过马路时，你再小心也不为过。
She was just too touched to see you.
见到你她太激动了。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①It's too_hot_for_us_to_work.
天气太热，我们无法工作。
②He was too_weak_to_stand.
他太虚弱了，站不起来。
③The price of the house is too_high_for_me_to_buy.
房子价格太高我买不起。
2．句型转换
④He is not old enough to go to school.
→He is too young to go to school.
⑤The problem is too difficult for me to work out.
→The problem is so difficult that I can't work it out.
⑥He was so glad that he met you.
→He was only too glad to meet you.
3．单项填空
⑦Mary is________girl to speak in public.
A．too shy a B．the too shy
C．too shy the D．too a shy
解析：“too＋形容词＋冠词(a/an)＋可数名词单数＋to do sth.”结构，表示“太……的一个……以至于不能做某事”。
答案：A
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．He was in a bad marriage which finally ended up in d________.
答案：divorce
2．The teacher gives his class lively and the students________(反应) well to him.
答案：react
3．Anyone who________ (犯) crime will be punished by the law.
答案：commits
4．The i________ to the driver was serious, so he was sent to the hospital in time.
答案：injury
5．Having prepared for a long time, he has great ________ (自信) in his success.
答案：confidence
6．Once we take too much from nature, natural d________ will hit us in return.
答案：disasters
7．The company has put up many advertisements to________ (促进) its sales.
答案：promote
8．The price of a product depends mainly on its q________.
答案：quality
Ⅱ.单项填空
1．Since her family died in the disaster, she has lived________for more than one year.
A．of her own B．for her own
C．on her own D．of herself
解析：on one's own“独自地”，符合题意。of one's own“属于某人自己的”；of oneself“自动地”；for one's own ...“为了自己的……”。
答案：C
2．The news that Mr William had been________to professor surprised us all.
A．promoted B．lifted
C．improved D．encouraged
解析：句意为：威廉先生晋升为教授的消息使我们大家都感到惊讶。promote“提升”；lift“提起”；improve“改善”；encourage“鼓励”。根据句意故选A项。
答案：A
3．The women________in the accident should be given first aid.
A．damaged B．destroyed
C．injured D．killed
解析：damage“损坏，损害”； destroy“破坏”； injure“受伤”，指意外伤或事故伤； kill“杀害”。根据句意选C项。
答案：C
4．Don't ________now; you're improving all the time.
A．give up B．give out
C．give off D．give away
解析：句意：别就此放弃，你一直是在进步的。give up“放弃”。give out “分发”； give off“发出(气味、热等)”； give away“泄露，赠送”。
答案：A
5．Things have ________such a state in the company that he's thinking of resigning.
A．come across B．come out
C．come over D．come to
解析：句意：公司的事情已经到了这种地步，因此他在考虑辞职。come to “达到某种状态”。
答案：D
6．The whole family had almost abandoned all hope, but the little boy finally________.
A．pulled out B．pulled through
C．pulled up D．pulled over
解析：句意：全家人几乎放弃了希望，但这个小男孩最终恢复了健康。此题考查pull短语辨析。pull out意为“(车、船等)驶出”； pull through意为“恢复健康”； pull up意为“停下，停车”； pull over意为“将(车)开到路边”。根据句意，此题应选B项，表示“(病人)恢复健康”。
答案：B
7．The football player reacted________the judge's decision by dropping out of the match.
A．on B．to
C．against D．by
解析：react against“反抗，反对”。句意：那位足球运动员以退出比赛的方式来反对裁判的决定。
答案：C
8．He didn't ________ the enemy even at the risk of losing his life.
A．give in B．give in to
C．give up D．give up to
解析：give in to“向……屈服；让步”，其后接宾语。give in“屈服，让步”，不接宾语；give up“放弃”。句意：即使冒着失去生命的危险他也没有向敌人屈服。
答案：B
9．The teacher encouraged________a summer course to improve my writing skills.
A．for me taking B．me taking
C．for me to take D．me to take
解析：encourage sb. to do sth.“鼓励某人做某事”。句意：老师鼓励我参加暑假培训班以提高写作技能。
答案：D
10．In modern times, people have to learn to________all kinds of pressure although they are leading a comfortable life.
A．keep with B．stay with
C．meet with D．live with
解析：句意：在现代社会中尽管生活很舒服但人们必须学会忍受各种压力。live with“忍受”，符合句意。
答案：D
Ⅲ.课文缩写填空
Christopher Reeve was a successful actor, famous 1.________his Superman films. But in 1995, he broke his back in an accident. The doctors didn't 2.________ him to live. However, he made amazing progress to breathe 3.________ his own without a machine.
When he 4.________ understand he could not pull 5.________， he didn't give up. He has never suffered 6.________ the depression, for his wife, Dana, loved him deeply and didn't leave him after the accident. And his parents got 7.________ even though they had divorced.
He was 8.________ that he could walk again with the progress of new medical research. He made speeches about his experience to 9.________ the disabled people. And he got involved 10.________ charity work.
Christopher Reeve died in 2004. But people will always remember him as a superhero.
答案：1.for 2.expect 3.on 4.came to 5.through 6.from 7.closer 8.confident 9.encourage 10.with
Ⅳ.阅读理解
A
Nick Petrels is a doctor in Montreal. He works 60 hours a week. He takes care of 159 patients a week in the hospital and at his office. He's been a doctor for ten years.
Dr Petrels gives his patients good medical advice. But he doesn't just tell his patients what to do. He also sings to them on television! Dr Petrels has his own TV show. The show is in Italian, English and French. The doctor starts the show with a song and then gives medical advice. He explains a medical problem or disease in simple language. After that, he sings another song.
Dr Petrels produces and performs in his own show every week. The programme is very popular with his patients and with people who enjoy his singing. His dream is to perform (表演) in Las Vegas. His favourite songs are love songs, and he has a compact disk of love songs that he wrote. Dr Petrels says, “I always love to sing. All my problems are gone when I sing.” But when Dr Petrels was young, his father didn't want him to be a singer, so he went to medical school.
Some people tell Dr Petrels he can help people more as a doctor. But Dr Petrels says he helps people when he sings, too. “I like to make people smile. Sometimes it's difficult to make a sick person smile. Medicine and entertainment (娱乐) both try to do the same thing. They try to make people feel good.”
1．Dr Petrels works 60 hours a week, because he________.
A．gives his patients medical advice
B．takes care of 159 patients a week
C．sings on television
D．has his own TV show
解析：推理判断题。第一段告诉我们“He takes care of 159 patients a week”，可判断“He works 60 hours a week.” 的原因。
答案：B
2．Dr Petrels________， so he is called a singing doctor.
A．has been a doctor for ten years
B．always loves to sing
C．is popular with his patients
D．also sings to his patients on TV
解析：细节理解题。由第二段的“He also sings to them on television！”可得知他被称为a singing doctor的原因。
答案：D
3．In his TV show, Dr Petrel________.
A．sings and gives medical advice
B．sings about different diseases
C．starts to explain diseases with a song
D．sings love songs he wrote
解析：细节理解题。根据第二段的“The doctor starts the show with a song and then gives medical advice.”可知Dr Petrel在他的节目中做些什么。
答案：A
4．Dr Petrels' show is popular________.
A．in Las Vegas
B．at medical school
C．with people who like his singing
D．with patients only in Montreal
解析：细节理解题。根据第三段的第2句“The programme is very popular with his patients and with people who enjoy his singing.” 可推知C项正确，D项太片面。
答案：C
B
Sooner or later, many families will face the situation of moving. The experience can be very bad for kids, who may not be a part of the decision to move and may not understand it. You can take steps to make the whole process (过程) easier for everyone.
Many kids like to stay in familiar places. So as you consider a move, weigh the benefits of that change against the comfort that neighborhood, school, and social life give your kids. If your family has recently dealt with a big life change, such as death, you may want to put off a move to give your children time to accept the fact.
The decision to move may be out of your hands, perhaps because of a new job or money problems. Even if you're not happy about the move, try to keep a positive attitude to it. During the move, a parent's attitude can greatly influence kids.
No matter what the results are, the most important way to prepare kids to move is to talk about it. Try to give your children as much information about the move as possible. You can ask kids to join in the planning such as house-hunting or the search for a new school. This can make the change feel less like it's being forced on them. If you're moving across town, try to take your children to visit the new house and the new neighborhood.
A move can have many problems, but good things also come from this kind of change. Your family might grow closer and you may learn more about each other by going through it together.
5．According to the passage kids may feel a move is a bad experience because________.
A．they don't like the moving process
B．they may feel they're forced to do so
C．they think their parents don't care about them
D．they often feel lonely in a new school
解析：细节理解题。根据倒数第二段说明的内容可知需要搬迁时父母应和孩子交流，以免他们认为他们是被迫要搬迁的。
答案：B
6．In which situation does the writer advise to put off a move?
A．The new neighborhood isn't safe.
B．The parents have money problems.
C．A family member has just died.
D．The kid's birthday is coming.
解析：细节理解题。根据第二段中“If your family has recently dealt with a big life change, such as death, you may want to put off a move ...”一句可知答案。
答案：C
7．When making the move easier for kids________is most important.
A．letting them themselves choose a school
B．trying not to show them the bad parts of a move
C．telling them as much information as possible
D．promising to choose a new house with them
解析：细节理解题。根据倒数第二段中“Try to give your children as much information about the move as possible.”一句可知答案。A项和D项的说明和同一段中“You can ask kids to join in the planning such as house-hunting or the search for a new school.”一句说明不吻合。
答案：C
8．The writer wrote this passage mainly to tell us________.
A．why parents should talk with kids often
B．how to prepare children for a move
C．how a move can change the family
D．what we should do before a move
解析：主旨大意题。通读全文不难看出作者主要是向父母们提出如何让他们的孩子为搬迁做准备的几点建议，故B项正确。
答案：B
牛哥@的小弟%上传
21！世纪*教育#网……版权+|有所
Section Ⅳ Communication Workshop & Culture Corner
Ⅰ.重点单词必记
A．根据词性及汉语提示写出单词
1．Olympic adj. 奥运会的
2．dead_(right) adv. 完全地，绝对地
3．crew n. 全体机组人员
4．bear vt. 忍受
5．impact n. 影响，效果
6．admire→admiration n. 钦佩，羡慕
7．dive→ diver n. 潜水员
8．absolutely→absolute adj. 完全的，绝对的
9．exploration→explore v. 探险，冒险
10．tragedy→comedy n. (反义词)喜剧
11．loss→lose v. 丧失
12．daring→dare v. 敢
13．universe→universal adj. 普遍的，全体的
B．语境填词
14．A bomb exploded in a nearby supermarket. The explosion was very powerful, bringing over 20 deaths and many injuries.(explode)
15．The dancer was tall and graceful. She moved with the natural grace of a ballet dancer.(grace)
Ⅱ.高频短语必背
1．come off it 别胡扯
2．get a point (体育或游戏比赛中)得分
3．identify with sb. 与某人(在思想感情上)有共鸣；与某人(尤
指故事中的角色)有同感
4．rescue ...from ... 解救，援救，救出
5．in the course of 在……的过程中；在……期间
6．share ...with ... 与……分享(共用)
7．manage to do sth. 设法做成某事，努力完成某事
Ⅲ.经典句式必会
1．Yet, it is not a job without risk and 20 of those people have died while in space or in space programme training.
然而，这并不是一项没有冒险的工作，其中二十人在太空或太空项目训练中牺牲。
[句式分析] while后省略了they are。
[尝试仿写] 在伦敦的时候，我游览了一些著名景点(a place of interest)。
When_in_London,_I visited some famous places of interest.
2．Among them was Sharon MacAuliffe, a high school teacher, who was to be the first teacher in space.
莎伦·麦克奥里弗就在其中，她是一位高中老师，即将成为第一个到太空去的老师。
[句式分析] 介词短语Among them在句中作状语，置于句首引起主谓完全倒装；who引导非限制性定语从句，修饰a high school teacher。
[尝试仿写] 在房子的前面有一棵大树，它比别的树高很多。
In_front_of_the_house_stands_a_big_tree,_which is much taller than others.
3．For the families of the seven, we cannot bear, as you do, the full impact of this tragedy.
对于这七位英雄的家庭来说，我们也像你们一样，不能接受这次悲剧的突然降临。
[句式分析] as you do为插入语，在句中作方式状语。
[尝试仿写] 像你一样，我也不想拒绝他的邀请。
I don't want to refuse his invitation, as_you_do.
4．Give me a challenge and I'll meet it with joy.
只要有挑战，我就会愉快接受。
[句式分析] 本句为“祈使句＋and＋陈述句”句型。
[尝试仿写] 休息一会，你就感到舒服了。
Have_a_rest_and_you_will feel comfortable.
Ⅳ. 交际用语必备
1．－I suppose he'll come in time.
－Come_off_it! Absolutely not! (别扯了！绝对不可能！)
2．－In my opinion, she will surely win the game.
－You're_dead_right! I can't agree more! (你绝对正确！再同意不过了！)
考点1
dead adv.完全地，绝对地
教材原句
You are dead right.
你十分正确。
①He was dead tired after a long journey.
长途旅行之后他疲倦极了。
②He was dead drunk yesterday evening, unable to drive.
昨晚他烂醉如泥，没有能开车。
[辨析比较] dead, deadly
adv.
adj.
dead
完全地
死了的
deadly
极度；非常
致命的
The chief editor has just been dead. Who will succeed him?
主编刚去世，谁将继任他？
She sighed as if a deadly burden had been taken from her breast.
她如释重负，长出了一口气。
He looks deadly serious.
他看上去极其严肃。
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： dead, deadly
①Nick was found dead in his car with a hole through his head.
②The road was dead straight.
③The disease is deadly difficult to cure.
④Cancer is a deadly disease.
2．完成句子
⑤I'm dead_sure that he will come here to help me.
我绝对肯定他会来帮我忙的。
⑥A_deadly_silence filled the room.
屋子里充满了死一般的寂静。
3．单项填空
⑦You are________ lucky to get the job.
A．die B．death
C．dead D．deadly
解析：dead用作副词，强调“完全地”相当于completely，而deadly用作副词意为“非常地”。
答案：D
考点2
bear v．容忍；忍耐；支撑，承担(责任)
教材
原句
For the families of the seven，we cannot bear, as you do, the full impact of this tragedy.
对于这七位英雄的家庭来说，我们也像你们一样，不能接受这次悲剧的突然降临。
She was afraid she wouldn't be able to bear the pain.
她担心自己不能忍受疼痛。
[归纳拓展]
can/can't bear doing/to do sth.能/不能容忍(做)某事
put up with (doing) sth. 容忍/忍受(做)某事
I can't bear/stand the little girl being bullied by a scoundrel.
我不能容忍这个小女孩被歹徒欺负。
[关键一点]
bear作“忍耐，忍受”讲时，通常与can，could连用，用于疑问句及否定句中；其过去式、过去分词分别为bore，borne
[多角度演练]
1．用所给词的适当形式填空
①Some people can't bear travelling/to_travel(travel)by sea.
②When I was young, I couldn't bear being_punished/to_be_punished/punishment (punish) in public.
2．一句多译
一个人独居我受不了。
③I_can't_bear_living_alone.
④I_can't_bear_to_live_alone.
⑤I_can't_stand_living_alone.
⑥I_can't_put_up_with_living_alone.
3．单项填空
⑦－Mum, it's nice weather. I want to skate this afternoon.
－Don't you think the ice on the lake is too thin to________your weight?
A．stand B．bear
C．catch D．take
解析：bear your weight“承受得了你的重量”。
答案：B
考点3
come off it别胡扯
教材原句
Oh, come off it！
噢，别胡扯了！
Come off it! We don't have a chance.
别胡扯了！我们现在没有机会。
He told me to come off it, as I had no right to give him orders.
他叫我住口，因为我无权命令他。
[归纳拓展]
come about 发生
come across 偶尔遇上
come off 离开，脱落
come in 进来；到达(船、飞机、火车等到港进站)；流行起来
come out 出版；发芽；开花
come on 快来(＝come along)，进行；进步；成长
come up 走过来；上升，上来
How did it come about that he left school?
他为什么会离开学校？
The sun has come up.
太阳升起来了。
[多角度演练]
1．介、副词填空
①There's a good play coming on next week.
②Come off it! Tell us the truth.
③Come on/along! Or you'll be late.
④How would you let it come about?
⑤The question came up at the meeting.
2．单项填空
⑥－I think we can do it tomorrow. Not now.
－________！ Let's get down to it.
A．I'm sorry B．Come off it
C．You're dead right D．Absolutely
解析：由Let's get down to it可以知道，空白处表示不同意，所以应选B项。You're dead right“你完全正确”； Absolutely“当然”。两者都是表示完全同意某人观点的答语。
答案：B
考点4
share ... with ...与……分享……(合用)
教材原句
Here you can share your ideas with other students and ...
你可以和别的学生共同分享你的观点并且……
I'll share my apple with you if you give me half of your cake.
你若把你的蛋糕给我一半，我就与你分享我的苹果。
It helps to share your sorrow with someone else.
向他人诉说你的痛苦对你是有益的。
[归纳拓展]
(1)share with sb. in sth. 在某物方面与某人分享
share in ... with sb. 与某人分担……
(2)share n. (分享到的或贡献出的)一份
v. 分配，均分
I'd like to share with you in the dinner cost.
我想与你分担就餐费用。
I shared in the cake with all my friends present.
我与在场所有朋友分享蛋糕。
I gave him a minor share of my wealth.
我把小部分财产分给了他。
[多角度演练]
1．介词填空
①Being true friends, we must share everything with each other.
②We have shared in our sorrows as well as joys.
2．完成句子
③Robert is the only person who_shares_my_opinion (和我意见相同的人)．
④He still has 500 shares (500股) of the company.
3．单项填空
⑤Although different in many ways, the British and the Americans ________ many of the same customs.
A．make B．take
C．share D．give
解析：share“共同拥有”，符合句意。
答案：C
考点5
manage to do sth.设法做成某事
教材
原句
She's lived a hard life but still manages to be cheerful and kind to others.
她一直艰难地生活着，但仍然设法保持快乐而且对别人友好。
We managed to get there in time.
我们及时赶到了那儿。
The box was heavy but he managed to carry it.
箱子很重，但是他设法搬动了。
[关键一点]
(1)manage to do sth.与try to do sth.含义不同。
(2)类似用法的短语还有：
I tried to help him, but I was too busy.
我努力帮助他，但我当时太忙。
He managed to help me pass the examination.
他设法帮助我通过了那次考试。
She advised me to give up smoking, but failed.
她建议我戒烟，但失败了。
He persuaded me to take exercise which was of great help to me.
他说服我进行体育锻炼，这对我是很有帮助的。
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： manage, try
①I tried to lift the heavy stone, but failed.
②He managed to pass the driving test on the fifth attempt.
2．单句改错
③He managed to go, but failed.
答案：managed→tried
④I persuade him to give up, but he won't listen.
答案：persuade→advise
3．单项填空
⑤－Did you ________ to finish the work in time as the boss had required?
－No, I________to, but I failed.
A．try; managed B．manage; tried
C．want; tried D．need; managed
解析：manage to do“成功做某事”，try to do“企图做某事”。
答案：B
1．Among_them_was_Sharon_MacAuliffe,_a high school teacher who was to be the first teacher in space.
莎伦·麦克奥里弗就在其中，她是一位高中老师，即将成为第一个到太空去的老师。
(1)本句为主从复合句，who引导非限制性定语从句。介词短语among them位于句首，引起主句全部倒装。
On the wall hangs a large map of China.
墙上挂着一幅大的中国地图。
In front of the building stands a big tree.
楼前有一棵大树。
(2)英语中表示方位的介词短语位于句首时，引起句子全部倒装。使用全部倒装的结构还有：
①在以here, there, now, then等副词开头的句子中。
There comes the bus.
车来了。
②在以in, out, away, off, up, down, below等表示方位的副词开头的句子中。
Out rushed the children.
孩子们冲了出去。
[关键一点]
(1)全部倒装句的主语为名词，谓语动词常为go, come, stand, lie, rush等。
(2)代词作主语时则不倒装。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①There_goes the bell.
铃响了。
②At the foot of the mountain lies_our_village.
我们村坐落于山脚下。
2．单句改错
③Here is it!
答案：is it→it is
④There is standing a big tree.
答案：is standing→stands
3．单项填空
⑤The door opened and in________.
A．he came B．came he
C．did he come D．did Mr. Smith come
解析：副词in虽然位于句首，但主语为代词时，句子不倒装。
答案：A
2．Give_me_a_challenge_and I'll meet it with joy.
只要有挑战，我就会愉快接受。
(1)“祈使句＋and＋陈述句”，这一句式中的祈使句相当于条件句，简单句表示结果，用来叙述肯定的情况。
Follow the advice of the doctor, and you'll be well very soon.
听从医生的建议，你很快就会好起来的。
Use your head, and you will find a way.
＝ If you use your head, you will find a way.
动动脑筋，你就会想出办法的。
(2)这一句型的另外两种形式
①“名词词组＋and＋陈述句”。
名词词组中通常含有more, another, further, earlier等词，用来叙述肯定的情况。
Another step, and the baby will fall into the well.
如果再多迈一步，这个小孩儿就掉进井里了。
One more effort and you will make it.
再努力一点，你就会成功的。
②“祈使句＋or (else)/otherwise＋陈述句”。or (else)/otherwise表示“否则，要不然”，用来叙述否定的情况。
Take the chance, or you will regret it.
＝ If you don't take the chance, you will regret it.
抓住机会吧，否则你会遗憾的。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①Come tomorrow and_I_will_tell_you_everything.
明天来，我会告诉你一切。
②Give up smoking, or_your_health_will_be_worse.
戒掉吸烟吧，否则你的健康状况会更差。
2．句型转换
③If you give me one more chance. I'll do better.
→One more chance,_and I'll do better.
④Come, or you'll feel regret for it.
→If you don't come, you'll feel regret for it.
3．单项填空
⑤________and I'll get the work finished.
A．Having one more hour
B．One more hour
C．Given one more hour
D．If I have one more hour
解析：由连词and可知应排除A、D两项，C项应将Given改为Give。
答案：B
如何写叙事记叙文
写叙事记叙文的常用方法是组织段落法。组织段落的常见方法有：时间顺序；空间顺序；重要性顺序；熟悉度顺序。我们将着重讨论第一种组织方法——时间顺序法。
1．时间顺序法
组织段落的最简单最常见的方法是时间顺序法(time order organization)。时间顺序通常用于叙述和过程分析——先发生什么，然后怎样，再然后怎样等。在生活中，我们经常运用这种方法。你也许曾经告诉你父母在学校里发生的事情；你也许向老师和同学叙述过你是怎样做一个实验的。这些用的都是时间顺序法。
2．如何用时间顺序段落写叙事记叙文
(1)写下你要记录的事件或步骤，然后按照时间顺序排列；
(2)确定你的写作目的，然后写出带有中心思想的主题句；
(3)从你列举的事件或步骤中删除与中心思想无关的细节；
(4)使用first, then, the next step等列举符号把细节连接起来。
常用句型
1．One Saturday，our family went to climb the beautiful West Hill.
那是一个星期六，我们全家去美丽的西山游玩。
2．After a long walking，I was as hungry as a wolf and helped myself to the roast beef and chicken.
长时间的步行之后，我很饿，狼吞虎咽地吃掉了烘烤的牛肉和鸡肉。
3．Until late into the night, I couldn't fall asleep, thinking about the happiness I had in the day.
夜很深了，我还不能入睡，想着白天的快乐时光。
4．Hardly had I done this when I realized that I had done something bad to our environment.
我刚一这样做，马上意识到自己的所作所为破坏了我们的环境。
5．No sooner had I thought about it than Dad ended the game with his victory.
我刚想到这些的时候，爸爸已经赢了。
6．I turned off the TV as fast as possible.Meanwhile, I pretended that I was reading Chinese.
我以最快的速度关掉电视，同时假装读语文书。
7．The result was that I was not allowed to watch TV for the following two weeks.
结果是接下来的两个礼拜，我被禁止看电视。
[题目要求]
昨天我们参加了一场由宇航员所作的报告，宇航员讲到天宫一号和神舟八号的成功发射表明我们在探测太空中取得巨大成就。我们认为他们是超级英雄，同时坚信中国今后会取得更加不寻常的成就。
请你结合本单元所学词汇与语法将昨天听报告的内容及感想叙述一下，可适当发挥。
参考词汇
flight 飞行
launch 发射
brilliant 卓越的
superhero 超级英雄
career 事业
unusual 不平常的
in one's opinion 在某人看来
[三步作文法]
第一步：搜索词汇
1．太空船：spaceship 2.宇航员：astronaut
3．令人惊异的：amazing 4.探测：explore
5．熟练地：skillfully 6.就自己而言：personally
7．勋章：medal 8.绝对地：absolutely
9．自信的：confident 10.独立地：on_one's_own
11．开始认识到：come_to_realize
第二步：由词造句
1．①He said Tiangong-1 and Shenzhou Ⅷ were launched successfully. We can do it by ourselves and have made amazing and brilliant achievements in exploring the space quite skillfully.
②In_his_opinion,_the successful launch of Tiangong-1 and Shenzhou Ⅷ showed that we can do it on_our_own and have made amazing and brilliant achievements in exploring the space quite skillfully.
2．①I think all the astronauts are superheroes.
②Personally,_all the astronauts are superheroes.
3．①After it, we gradually realized the importance of this career. I do believe China will make greater and more unusual achievements later.
②After it, we came_to_realize the importance of this career and we are absolutely_confident that China will make greater and more unusual achievements in the future.
第三步：连句成篇
Yesterday, we attended a report on the flight of spaceship by an astronaut. In his opinion, the successful launch of Tiangong-1 and Shenzhou Ⅷ showed that we can do it on our own and have made amazing and brilliant achievements in exploring the space quite skillfully.
Personally, all the astronauts are superheroes and should be given medals. After it, we came to realize the importance of this career and we are absolutely confident that China will make greater and more unusual achievements in the future.
Ⅰ句型转换
1．If it is possible, I'll go to town with you tomorrow morning.
→________ ________， I'll go to town with you tomorrow morning.
答案：If possible
2．The girl whose name is Mary won first prize in the game.
→The girl________Mary won first prize in the game.
答案：called/named
3．She didn't come to school yesterday because she was ill.
→She didn't come to school yesterday______ ________her illness.
答案：because of
4．It has been 2 years since he began to study Japanese.
→He________ ________Japanese for 2 years.
答案：has studied
5．My hometown is very famous for its green tea.
→My hometown is ________ ________ for its green tea.
答案：well known
6．How I wish he could have overcome his difficulties!
→How I wish he could have________ ________！
答案：pulled through
7．Millions of people throughout the world were watching TV when Shenzhou Ⅷ lifted off.
→Millions of people________ ________ the world were watching TV when Shenzhou Ⅷ lifted off.
答案：all over
8．The speech isn't interesting at all. Luckily, it will be over soon.
→The speech isn't interesting at all. Luckily, it will________ ________an end soon.
答案：come to
Ⅱ.单项填空
1．(2010·湖南高考)I walked slowly through the market, where people________all kinds of fruits and vegetables. I studied the prices carefully and bought what I needed.
A．sell B．were selling
C．had sold D．have sold
解析：由语境可知，人们当时在卖各种水果和蔬菜，应是过去进行时态，而C项表示过去的过去，故选B。
答案：B
2．Who can bear________ so many times?
A．laugh B．laugh at
C．being laughed D．being laughed at
解析：bear后常加名词或动名词。根据句意，laugh at“嘲笑”与句子的主语之间应是动宾关系。句意：谁能忍受得了屡次被嘲笑？
答案：D
3．________ and you may receive her phone.
A．Having one more minute
B．One more minute
C．Given one more minute
D．If you have one more minute
解析：本句考查“祈使句/名词词组＋and ＋陈述句”结构，其中祈使句相当于if引导的条件状语从句。
答案：B
4．(2010·全国卷Ⅱ)Excuse me, I________I was blocking your way.
A．didn't realize B．hadn't realize
C．haven't realized D．wasn't realizing
解析：由语境可知，是指在说话之前没有意识到，故用过去时。
答案：A
5．Out there, in the midst of the snow，________ in long，black clothes.
A．a woman sat B．sat a woman
C．was a woman sitting D．a woman was sitting
解析：表示方位或地点的状语位于句首且主语为名词时，句子要完全倒装，整个谓语需提到主语前。因此只有选项B“sat a woman”符合句子结构。
答案：B
6．I was________for words when she told me the news.
A．in loss B．in a loss
C．at loss D．at a loss
解析：句意：当她告诉我这个消息时，我不知道说什么好。考查短语at a loss“不知所措”。
答案：D
7．Fitness is important in sport, but of at least________ importance are skills.
A．fair B．reasonable
C．equal D．proper
解析：句意：健康在运动中很重要，但是技巧至少也同等重要。该句的正常语序是“...but skills are of at least ________ importance”。be of equal importance“同等重要的”。
答案：C
8．Though________ to see us, the professor gave us a warm welcome.
A．surprising B．was surprised
C．surprised D．being surprised
解析：句意：尽管教授看到我们很惊讶，但他还是热情欢迎我们。though surprised to see us是状语从句的省略，省略了he was。
答案：C
9．With so much work________， I can hardly spare any time for a break.
A．to do B．done
C．being done D．doing
解析：句意：有那么多的工作要处理，我几乎抽不出时间来休息。with复合结构中work后的不定式to do作定语，用不定式的主动形式表示被动含义。
答案：A
10．The question was very difficult, but I ________ work it out.
A．tried to B．managed to
C．failed to D．succeeded in
解析：manage to do sth.意为“设法做成某事”；try to do sth.意为“设法做某事”； succeed in doing sth.意为 “成功地做某事”；fail to do sth.“未做成某事”，与句意不符。根据but所表示的转折可判断是设法做到了，所以答案为B。如果用succeed，则应为succeed in working it out。
答案：B
Ⅲ.课文缩写填空
Space heroes
Introduction
Space exploration is a 1.________job and many astronauts have lost their lives while in space or in space programme 2.________.
Early explo-
ration
Russian astronaut Yuri Gagarin was the first person in space in 1961 and he died in an air 3.________during a training session seven years later.
The tragedies
★In 1986, the space shuttle Challenger exploded soon after 4.________， resulting in all 5.________of these seven American astronauts.
★In 2003, 16 minutes before 6.________， the space shuttle Columbia exploded, killing the five men and two women crew, 7.________the first Indian born woman in space and 8.________first astronaut.
Conclusion
★The space heroes had a 9.________to explore the universe and discover its truths.
★The impact and the 10.________of the tragedies were great.
答案：1.risky 2.training 3.crash 4.launching 5．deaths 6.landing 7.including 8.Israel's 9．hunger 10.loss
Ⅳ.完形填空
Once a boy really had everything he wanted, so he was __1__ interested in the rarest (最稀有的) objects.One day he __2__ a mysterious mirror and took it home.When he looked into the mirror, he found that his __3__ looked very sad.He tried __4__， but it remained the same.
Surprised, the boy went off to buy some sweets.He went home and looked into the mirror as happily as possible, __5__ he still looked sad.He bought all kinds of toys, but he looked forever __6__ in that mirror.So the boy put the mirror away in a __7__.
“What a(n) __8__ mirror! I've never seen a mirror that didn't __9__ properly！”
That same afternoon he went out to play, but on his __10__ to the park he saw a little girl crying loudly.So he went over to see what was happening.The little girl told him that she had __11__ her parents.
Together, they __12__ in search of them.As the little girl continued crying, the boy __13__ his money in buying sweets to cheer her up. __14__， after walking for a long time, they found her parents, who looked very worried.
The boy said goodbye, and walked off towards the park.However, __15__ the time, he decided to turn around and head __16__ home, as he had no time to __17__.At home, he went to his room and noticed a shining __18__ in the corner where he had left the mirror.Seeing this, he went over to the mirror and __19__ that the light was coming from his own body, because he was so happy about having helped that little girl.
So he understood the mystery of that mirror, the only mirror reflecting faithfully the __20__ joy of its owner.
语篇解读：什么才是幸福？是拥有糖果、玩具还是零花钱？本文讲述了一个出生富有、聪明可爱的小男孩通过一个神奇的镜子，最终明白了幸福的含义。
1．A.never B．sometimes
C．only D．seldom
解析：根据上文，这个男孩拥有所有想要的东西，因此他“只”对稀有之物感兴趣。
答案：C
2．A.found B．wanted
C．guessed D．expected
解析：男孩有一天“发现”一面神奇的镜子，四个选项中，只有found合适。
答案：A
3．A.head B．nose
C．face D．mouth
解析：根据语境可知，他的“脸”看起来很悲伤。
答案：C
4．A.smiling B．shouting
C．crying D．smelling
解析：他尝试着“笑”，但还是没有奏效。根据上文可知，他的脸看起来很悲伤，故此处表示“试着微笑”。
答案：A
5．A.and B．so
C．when D．but
解析：此处表转折。他买了糖，尽力表现出开心的样子，“但”镜子中的自己看起来还是很悲伤。
答案：D
6．A.sad B．angry
C．happy D．worried
解析：他买了各种各样的玩具，但从那面镜子看来，仍然很“悲伤”，也可从上文“he still looked sad”得知。
答案：A
7．A.corner B．box
C．room D．bag
解析：由下文“noticed a shining ________ in the corner where he had left the mirror”可知由于他非常生气，于是把镜子放到了“角落”。
答案：A
8．A.interesting B．terrible
C．wonderful D．difficult
解析：小男孩说道，“多么‘糟糕的’镜子！我从来没见过那么‘不起作用’的镜子。”根据语境可知，小男孩对这面镜子很不满，所以terrible合适。
答案：B
9．A.move B．look
C．keep D．work
解析：见上题解析，didn't work意为“不起作用，没有用”。
答案：D
10．A.way B．course
C．road D．line
解析：on his way to表示“在他去……的路上”。
答案：A
11．A.escaped B．hated
C．excited D．lost
解析：根据下文可知，小女孩和她的父母“走散了”，故选lost。escape“逃跑”；hate“讨厌；仇恨”；excite“使……兴奋”。
答案：D
12．A.set off B．set aside
C．set down D．set up
解析：他们一起“动身”寻找她的父母。set off意为“动身，出发”。set aside“留出”；set down “记下，写下”；set up “建立”。
答案：A
13．A.took B．cost
C．spent D．held
解析：由于小女孩一直在哭，小男孩就买糖让她开心。spend money in doing sth.表示“花钱做某事”。
答案：C
14．A.Finally B．Actually
C．Naturally D．Generally
解析：在走了好长时间后，他们“最终”找到了她的父母，故用finally。
答案：A
15．A.telling B．seeing
C．feeling D．pointing
解析：但是，“看着”时间，他决定转身“回家”。see the time，表示“看着时间”。
答案：B
16．A.in B．for
C．off D．at
解析：解析见上文，head for home意为“向家走去”。
答案：B
17．A.talk B．eat
C．play D．walk
解析：由上文可知，他没有时间“玩耍”了。
答案：C
18．A.light B．mirror
C．colour D．star
解析：由下文“that the light was coming from his own body”可知，他注意到他放镜子的角落里有一束“光”。
答案：A
19．A.touched B．invented
C．improved D．realised
解析：他“意识到”那束光来自他自己。touch“接触”；invent“发明”；improve“提高”；realise“意识到”。
答案：D
20．A.possible B．true
C．strange D．common
解析：他明白了那面镜子的奥秘，唯一一面能展现他“真正”快乐的镜子。
答案：B
Ⅴ.阅读理解
The last known American veteran (老兵) of World War Ⅰ， Frank Buckles, died at the age of 110 on February 27, 2011 at his home in West Virginia.
Three years ago, Buckles attracted the crowd from his wheelchair in the Pentagon (美国国防部) hall, as speakers, including U．S. Defense Secretary Robert Gates, offered their praise and thanks. “We cherish the memory of those who have passed away，”said Gates.“We cherish the chance to say thank you in person to Corporal Frank Buckles. We will always be grateful for what they did for their country, and feel glad, too, for the long life that they enjoyed on this earth.”
Buckles was also welcomed at the White House that week, by then-president George W. Bush. “It has been my high honor to welcome Mr. Buckles, and his daughter, Susannah，”said Bush. “Mr. Buckles has rich historic experiences. Thank you very much for your patriotism (爱国心) and your love for America.”
Buckles wanted to serve when World War Ⅰ broke out, and his lie to the officer for his age made it possible. Shortly afterward, at the age of 16, he was sent to Europe as an ambulance driver. He saw the horror of war close up, driving the wounded from the trenches (战壕) to field hospitals. Later, he drove German prisoners back to Germany.
Buckles left the army in 1920 and years later he went to work for a shipping company in the Philippines. When World War Ⅱ broke out, he and other Americans there were put in prison camps by the occupying Japanese forces. The cup he used at that time is in the background of his 2008 portrait (肖像), which now hangs with eight others along one of the Pentagon's many corridors.
In a statement issued Monday, President Barack Obama and his wife Michelle praised Buckles, saying he continued to serve America until his death, as the Honorary Chairman of the World War Ⅰ Memorial Foundation. The Obamas said they joined the Buckles family in celebrating a remarkable life that reminded them of the true meaning of patriotism.
1．We can learn from Paragraph 4 that Frank Buckles________.
A．lived in Europe for sixteen years
B．got wounded during World War Ⅰ
C．changed his real age to join the army
D．was put in prison by German soldiers
解析：细节理解题。由句子and his lie to the officer for his age made it possible可知，C项正确。
答案：C
2．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Buckles went to the Philippines to take part in World War Ⅱ.
B．American government has paid much attention to such veterans.
C．Buckles had to work for a shipping company and left the army in 1920.
D．Buckles' death caused much concern about how to take care of veterans.
解析：细节理解题。由第五段的第一个句子可排除A、C两项，D项在文中没有涉及。
答案：B
3．It can be inferred from the passage that Frank Buckles________.
A．joined the army at an early age
B．was famous for his bravery in the war
C．was born in West Virginia in the early 19th century
D．was warmly received by the president in World War Ⅰ
解析：推理判断题。文中没有提及B、D涉及的内容，文中只说他家在West Virginia，并没有说他出生在那里。
答案：A
4．What would be the best title of the passage?
A．A Liar of World War Ⅰ
B．World War I and Presidents
C．A Veteran and World War Ⅱ
D．The Last Veteran of World WarⅠ
解析：主旨大意题。 由文章的第一段中的第一个句子可知。
答案：D
牛哥@的小弟%上传
21！世纪*教育#网……版权+|有所
SectionⅡ History Makers & Sports Stars
Ⅰ.重点单词必记
A．根据汉语或首字母提示写出单词
1．It is useless arguing with him. He will never change his mind.
2．I received a most unusual (不寻常的) present from my aunt.
3．Honey-bees communicate in an amazing (令人惊异的) way.
4．The decisions we make now may influence the course of the events (大事) in the future.
5．Soon they became very skillful (熟练的) at answering such questions.
6．The films full of violence (暴力) are bad for children and young people.
7．Tom competed against five other athletes for the first prize in a race.
B．根据汉语及词性写出单词
8．revolution n．革命→revolutionary adj.革命的
9．found vt. 建立，创立→foundation n. 建立，创立
10．personally adv. 亲自→personal adj. 个人的
11．equal adj. 平等的→equality n. 平等
12．compete vi. 比赛，竞争→competition n. 竞争→competitive adj. 竞争性的
13．fortunately adv. 幸运的→fortunate adj.幸运的→fortune n. 运气
C．从框中选择适当单词替换下列句中加黑部分
14．He came across a totally good idea.brilliant
15．The weather is not good today.awful
16．He is the last winner of the game.champion
17．The parents were eager that their daughter should become a musician.keen
18．Police said there were no signs of fight.struggle
19．He made a good business for himself in football.career
Ⅱ.高频短语必背
1．look back 回顾，记起，倒退
2．be strict with sb. 对某人要求严格
3．compete against 和……竞争，与……竞赛
4．express an interest in ... 对……感兴趣
5．come to an end 结束，告终
6．make progress 取得进步
7．put down 放下；记下；镇压
8．leave ...behind 留下，落在后面
9．begin_with 以……开始
Ⅲ.经典句式必会
1．Finally, in 1991, the sisters and their family moved to a safer area and since then they have never looked back.
最终在1991年，两姐妹随同家人一起搬到了一个比较安全的地区，从此再也没有故地重游过。
[句式分析] 句中since then“从那时起”，介词短语，与现在完成时连用。
[尝试仿写] 从那时起，我再也没有见过她。
I haven't_seen_her_since_then.
2．Brandi, the sister's mother, taught her daughters at home so that they completed their high school while developing their tennis careers.
妈妈布兰蒂在家中教两姐妹文化知识。这样一来她们在继续网球生涯的同时也完成了高中学业。
[句式分析] 句中so that“结果，以至于”，引导结果状语从句；while developing ...是时间状语从句的省略形式。
[尝试仿写] 他喜欢做生意，上大学期间就开办了自己的公司。
He likes doing business so_that he runs his own company while_studying_in_college.
3. He has always been very strict with his daughters, training them hard to compete against each other.
他总是严格要求他的女儿们，训练她们相互竞争。
[句式分析] training them ... 为现在分词短语作伴随状语。
[尝试仿写] 他进了大厅，东张西望。
He entered the hall, looking_here_and_there.
4. In a recent interview, Venus spoke about the time when she and Serena were practising tennis and they had to run and hide as bullets started flying through the air.
在最近一次采访中，维纳斯说，那个时候她和塞丽娜练网球时，一路得跑着躲闪空中穿梭的子弹。
[句式分析] 句中when引导定语从句，修饰先行词time。
[尝试仿写] 那是一段幸福的时光，我们工作学习在一起。
That was a happy time when_we_worked_and_studied_together.
Ⅴ.交际用语必备
－Well, I_think (我认为) English is important.
－I'm sorry, but I don't_agree (不赞同). In_my_opinion (在我看来), Chinese is important.
－Yes, you_are_right (你说的对), but I_think (我认为) math is also important.
－I agree_with_you (同意你的观点), but_personally (但我个人认为), we should study hard and learn every subject well.
Match the character and the related event.
a．Sun Yat-sen 1.won the Nobel Peace Prize in 1979
b．Thomas Edison 2.fought for the rights of black South
Africans
c．Mother Teresa 3.founded the first Republic of China
d．Gandhi 4.helped India separate from Britain
e．Elizabeth Blackwell
5.has studied animals in the national park of Gombe in Tanzania for nearly forty years
f．Nelson Mandela 6.opened a hospital for poor people in
New York City
g．Jane Goodall 7.invented lights and many other
useful things
答案： a－3； b－7； c－1； d－4； e－6； f－2; g－5
Choose the best answer according to the text.
1．According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A．Venus has to do all the cooking at home.
B．Their mother is very kind to the sisters.
C．Their father has always been very strict with the sisters.
D．The sisters have played each other several times.
2．What's the main idea of the passage?
A．How to be a tennis champion.
B．The introduction of two tennis star players.
C．The family of Venus and Serena Williams.
D．The Wimbledon Championships.
3．What can you read between the lines when Serena said “If she wins, Mama says she has to do the dishes！”？
A．Serena felt jealous of her sister because of her win.
B．Serena felt that her mother favored her sister.
C．Serena didn't care at all because she didn't take it seriously.
D．Serena still felt happy when her sister won the game.
4．In which column can you find this article in a newspaper?
A．Business. B．Entertainment.
C．Sports. D．Culture.
5．According to the passage we can know that the Williams sisters show great interest in________ besides tennis.
A．music and movies B．fashion
C．cooking D．reading
答案：1.A 2.B 3.D 4.C 5.B
Read the text carefully and then fill in the chart with the information in the text.
Introduction
Venus and Serena Williams are sisters, who are famous because they are both tennis champions, ________ eleventh and third in the world.
Family Background
The two sisters once lived in a poor and dangerous area of California, which was full of drugs and ________．They sometimes had to ________ tennis while bullets were flying through the air.
Training and ___________
★Their father was very ________ with the sisters and trained them to compete against each other since their ____________．
★Their mother taught the sisters at home so that they could ______________ their high school while developing their tennis careers.
__________
★Since a big event in 1996, Venus has won Wimbledon and the Open twice. Serena won the Open in 1992 and 2002 and she was the women's ________ champion at in 2002 and 2003.
★The sisters are also __________ in design and they hope that will be their future work when their tennis careers come to an end.
答案：rankingviolencepractiseEducationstrictchildhoodcomplete/finishAchievements/Successesinglesinterested
考点1
found vt.建立，创立
教材原句
He (Sun Yat?sen) led the 1911 revolution and founded the first republic of China.
他(孙中山)领导了1911年的(辛亥)革命，建立了中国第一个共和国。
When did his family found the company?
他的家族是什么时候创立这家公司的？
More new primary schools will be founded in this area by the government.
政府将在这个地区建立更多所新小学。
[归纳拓展]
(be) founded by/in 由……创立/创立于……
be founded on/upon 建立在……基础上，以……为基础
A good relationship has to be founded on trust.
良好的关系必须建立在信任的基础上。
[多角度演练]
1．用found的正确形式填空
①The shop is still run by the founder and his two sons.
②Eton College was_founded by Henry Vi in 1440.
③The school has served the community since its foundation in 1835.
2．完成句子
④I like reading novels founded_on_facts (依据事实创作的)．
⑤The hospital was_founded_in (创建于) 1920.
3．单项填空
⑥________ in 1636, Harvard is one of the most famous universities in the United States.
A．Being founded B．It was founded
C．Founded D．Founding
解析：found(建立，创立)与Harvard是逻辑上的动宾关系，所以应用其过去分词形式作状语。
答案：C
考点2
personally adv.亲自，就自己而言
教材
原句
I agree with you, but personally, I think Martin Luther King is also quite important, because ..
我同意你的看法，但就个人而言，我认为马丁·路德·金同样很重要，因为…….
The president welcomed these friends from Africa personally.
总统亲自迎接这些来自非洲的朋友。
He said he personally didn't believe the report.
他说他本人是不相信那篇报道的。
[归纳拓展]
(1)personally speaking 就个人而言
(2)personal adj. 个人的，私人的
personal affairs/opinions/life
私事/个人意见/私人生活
(3)personality n. 性格，个性；人物，名人
Personally speaking, I didn't intend to stop your marriage.
就个人而言，我当时并不想阻止你们的婚姻。
Please leave us alone — we have something personal to discuss.
请让我们单独在一起——我们有点私事要谈。
[多角度演练]
1．用personally 的适当形式填空
①Personally,_I think he is a warm-hearted person who always sets his personal affairs aside when someone else needs his help.
2．句型转换
②Personally, I dislike Zhou Jielun's songs.
→Personally speaking,_I dislike Zhou Jielun's songs.
③I myself will present the prizes.
→I will present the prizes personally.
3．单项填空
④________ speaking, I think what he said is right.
A．Personally B．Officially
C．Obviously D．Fluently
解析：句意：就我自己而言，我认为他的话正确。personally speaking “就个人而言”。根据句意应选A。
答案：A
考点3
equal adj.平等的，均等的；胜任的
教材
原句
His first victory was to win the equal rights for blacks to sit on buses.
他的第一次胜利是为黑人赢得了坐公共汽车的平等权利。
(1)adj. 平等的；相等的；能胜任的
[归纳拓展]
be equal to sth./sb. 与……相等/平等
be equal to (doing) sth. 能胜任(做)某事
be equal in sth. 在某方面相同
I'm not equal to the task.
我不能胜任这项任务。
Not all men are equal in ability.
人的能力不全一样。
(2)n. [C] (地位等)相同的人，相等的事物
In spelling she had no equal.
在拼写方面她没有对手。
(3)vt. 等于；比得上
[归纳拓展]
No one equals him in strength.
论力气，无人能和他相比。
形象记忆
[多角度演练]
1．翻译句子
①A pound is roughly equal to 500 grams.
一磅约等于500克。
②He doesn't seem equal to the task.
他好像不能胜任这项工作。
2．句型转换
③The manager isn't fit for his position.
→The manage isn't equal to his position.
④Twice three equals six.
→Twice three is equal to six.
3．单项填空
⑤Fitness is important in sport, but of at least________importance are skills.
A．fair B．reasonable
C．equal D．proper
解析：后一分句的意思是：但是技巧至少也同样需要。equal符合语境。
答案：C
考点4
struggle n．抗议斗争；搏斗；困难/费力之事vi. 斗争， 搏斗；奋斗，努力
(1)n.抗议斗争；搏斗；困难/费力之事
They are making a struggle for freedom and liberation.
他们在为自由和解放而斗争。
Study is a struggle for him.
学习对他来说是一件困难的事。
Police examined the body but found no signs of a struggle.
警察检查了尸体，但没有发现搏斗的痕迹。
(2)vi. 斗争， 搏斗；奋斗，努力
[归纳拓展]
struggle with/against 与……作斗争
struggle for 为……而斗争
struggle to do sth. 努力做某事
struggle to one's feet 挣扎着站起来
We should struggle against difficulties.
我们应该与困难作斗争。
Everyone is struggling for a better life.
每个人都在为了更好的生活而奋斗。
[多角度演练]
1．句型转换
①Women are fighting for equal pay for equal work.
→Women are struggling for equal pay for equal work.
②The wounded soldier rose to his feet with difficulty.
→The wounded soldier struggled to his feet.
③Two dogs were fighting with each other for a piece of bone.
→Two dogs were struggling with each other for a piece of bone.
2. 单项填空
④The children talked so loudly at dinner table that I had to struggle ________.
A．to be heard B．to have heard
C．hearing D．being heard
解析：struggle to do sth.“努力做某事”。又因I与hear 之间存在被动关系，故应用不定式的被动语态。
答案：A
考点5
useless adj.无用的，无效的
It's useless only speaking without doing.
只说不做是没有用的。
[归纳拓展]
(1)useful adj. 有用的
(2)use n. 用处
It is no use/useless doing sth. 做某事无用
be of use ＝ be useful 有用的
be of no use ＝ be useless 无用的
The book is of great use, which will help you a lot.
这本书非常有用，将给你很大的帮助。
It's no use/useless asking her, because she doesn't know anything.
问她毫无用处，因为她什么都不知道。
[联想发散]
请思考并列举能够用于“be of＋抽象名词”这一结构的常见名词。
importance,_success,_help,_beauty,_value等。
[多角度演练]
1. 句型转换
①It is of no use for you to advise him.
→It is useless for you to advise him.
②What he said is very useful to us.
→What he said is of great use to us.
2．选词填空
③She tried to work, but it was useless (useless, useful)．
④It's useless crying (cry, crying) over spilt milk.
⑤The information was useless to (in, to) him.
3．单项填空
⑥It is ________ trying to argue with Shylock who is a mean man.
A．used B．use
C．useful D．useless
解析：句意：和夏洛克这种吝啬的人争吵是没用的。It is useless doing sth.“做某事无用”，为固定句式。
答案：D
考点6
compete vi.比赛，竞争
教材原句
He has always been very strict with his daughters，training them hard to compete against each other.
他总是对他的女儿们严格要求，训练她们彼此竞争。
Their products compete directly with ours.
他们的产品与我们的直接竞争。
He welcomed the chance to compete against professional athletes.
他很乐意有机会与职业运动员比赛。
The two teams, United Manchester and Arsonal, are most likely to compete for the championship.
曼联与阿森纳这两支球队最有可能争夺冠军。
Liu Xiang did compete in the 110m hurdles at the 11th National Games.
刘翔确实参加了第11届全运会的110米跨栏比赛。
[自主归纳]
①compete in sth. against sb. 参与……与某人对抗
②compete against/with sb. for ... 为……和某人竞争
③compete to_do sth. 为做某事而竞争
The two candidates are in competition with each other for the nomination.
那两位候选人为了获得提名而相互竞争。
[多角度演练]
1．用compete的适当形式填空
①In this competition，the competitors are competing against each other for the prize money.
2．介词填空
②Germany will compete with/against Spain for the champion tonight.
③How many runners will be competing in the marathon?
④The competition_for jobs is greater than ever these years.
⑤We are in competition with some very large companies.
3．单项填空
⑥The students competed ________ each other ________ the honor of winning in school sports meet.
A．against; for B．for; against
C．with; at D．at; with
解析：考查compete的用法。compete against sb.for sth.“为……与某人竞争”。
答案：A
考点7
event n．竞赛；事件
教材
原句
The first time Venus played in a big event was in 1996.
Venus第一次参加的大赛事是在1996年。
The first day at school is a big event in a child's life.
第一天上学在孩子的一生中是件大事。
The elections in America will be the main event of 2012.
这次选举将是美国2012年的一件大事。
Which events have you entered for?
你参加了哪些比赛项目？
[辨析比较] event, matter, affair, thing
event
通常指具有很大影响、意义重大的事件或运动会的比赛项目
matter
意为“事情，问题”，通常指遇到的意外麻烦或令人烦恼的“问题”
affair
指已经发生或必须去做的事情，通常用复数形式表示“事务，事态”
thing
意为“事情，东西”，指大事，小事，好事，坏事，但一般不用来指专门的事务
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： event, matter, affair, thing
①We should be concerned about state affairs.
②To say is one thing but to do is another.
③What's the matter with you today?
④The fashion show is an annual event.
⑤On New Year's Eve, New York City holds an outdoor event which attracts a crowd of a million or more people.
⑥Marriage is an important event in one's life.
2．单项填空
⑦I can't say which wine is best — It's a(n)________of personal taste.
A．affair B．event
C．matter D．variety
解析：句意：我不能说哪一种酒最好，因为这是个人口味的问题。matter“事情，问题”；affair“事务，事件”；event“大事，比赛项目”；variety“变化，多样性”。根据句意应选C项。
答案：C
考点8
begin with以……开始
教材原句
He made a famous speech there beginning with the words: “I have a dream ...”
在那里他做了一个著名的演讲，开头是这样的：“我有一个梦想……”
Each chapter begins with a quotation.
每一章的开头都有一句引语。
Our English teacher often begins our class with an English song.
我们的英语老师常用一首英文歌曲开始英语课。
[归纳拓展]
start with ＝ begin with 以……开头
to begin with ＝ to start with ＝ first of all
首先
Memorial meetings often start with silent tribute to the dead.
追悼会常以向逝者默哀作为开头。
To begin with, it is urgent to create nature reserves for the endangered animals.
首先，迫在眉睫的是建立自然保护区，把这些濒危动物保护起来。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①To_begin/start_with (首先), we must get down to work.
②He began his lecture with (以……开始) a joke.
2．一句多译
首先，我们应该努力学习。
③To_begin_with,_we_should_study_hard.
④To_start_with,_we_should_study_hard.
⑤First_of_all,_we_should_study_hard.
3．单项填空
⑥We can't go. ________， it's too cold. Besides, we have no money.
A．To put up with B．To begin with
C．To continue with D．To go on with
解析：由后边的besides可知，此处应选to begin with“首先”。
答案：B
考点9
be strict with sb.对某人要求严格
教材
原句
He has always been very strict with his daughters, ...
他总是严格要求他的女儿们，……
First of all, you must be strict with yourself.
首先，你必须严于律己。
I find your parents (are) very strict with you.
我发现你父母对你要求非常严格。
[归纳拓展]
(1)be strict in (doing) sth. 对(做)某事要求严格
(2)strictly speaking 严格说来
My teacher is strict in my homework.
我的老师对我的作业要求很严格。
Strictly speaking, the book is not a novel, but a short story.
严格说来，这本书不是一本小说，而是一个短篇故事。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①Smoking is_strictly_prohibited (严令禁止) here.
②Strictly_speaking (严格说来), he should be punished for this.
③Our teacher is_strict_with_us_in_our_study (学习上严格要求我们)．
2．单项填空
④Mr. Smith is strict________his daughter________her job.
A．with; with B．in; at
C．with; in D．in; in
解析：句意：史密斯先生对他女儿的工作要求严格。be strict with sb. in (doing) sth.“在(做)……方面对某人要求严格”，符合句意。
答案：C
考点10
come/draw to an end结束
教材
原句
They have already expressed a keen interest in working in design after their tennis careers come to an end.
她们俩都已表达了网球生涯结束后对从事设计工作的极大兴趣。
All good things must come to an end.
天下没有不散的宴席。
The meeting is drawing to an end.
会议就要结束了。
[归纳拓展]
put an end to ...＝ bring ... to an end
使……结束；停止，终结
at the end of 在……结束时；最终
by the end of 到……末为止
in the end 最后；终于
At the end of the class, we stood up together and applauded the professor for his wonderful speech.
在那堂课最后，我们一起起立，向这位教授的精彩演讲鼓掌。
He had finished the work by the end of last month.
上月底为止他已完成了那项工作。
In the end, I decided that I wouldn't go at all.
最终我还是决定不去。
We must bring pollution to an end.
＝ We must put an end to pollution.
我们必须停止污染。
[关键一点]
come to an end 是不及物动词短语，而put an end to ...与bring ... to an end均为及物动词短语。
[多角度演练]
1．介词填空
①At the end of the meeting, we came to an agreement.
②By the end of last week, we had finished Unit One.
③You must put it to an end.
2．一句多译
我希望这场战争早点结束。
④I_hope_the_war_will_come_to_an_end_soon.
⑤I_hope_we_will_put_an_end_to_the_war_soon.
⑥I_hope_we_will_bring_the_war_to_an_end_soon.
3．单项填空
⑦They had a big quarrel last night, which________to their friendship.
A．came to an end B．put an end
C．ended D．drew to an end
解析：句意：昨天晚上他们发生了激烈的争吵，这次争吵结束了他们之间的友谊。come/draw to an end后不加宾语；end后应直接跟宾语，不用介词to。
答案：B
1．In a recent interview, Venus spoke about the_time_when she and Serena were practising tennis and they had to run and hide as bullets started flying through the air.
在最近一次采访中，维纳斯说，那个时候她和莎莲娜练网球时，得一路跑着躲闪空中穿梭的子弹。
(1)本句为主从复合句。when作关系副词引导定语从句，修饰先行词time。
(2)when在定语从句中作时间状语，可用in/at/on/during等介词＋ which转换。一般来说，when代替的先行词是表示时间的名词。
We are living in an age when (＝ in which) many things are done on computer.
我们生活在一个很多事情都在电脑上处理的时代。
We will never forget those days when (＝ on which) we played together last year.
我们将永远不会忘记去年我们一起玩的那些日子。
[多角度演练]
1．用“介词＋which”替代句中加黑部分
①July is the month when we have a lot of rain.in_which
②I thought of the happy days when I was in France.in/during_which
③Sunday is the only day when I can relax.on_which
④There are moments when I forget all about it.at_which
2．单项填空
⑤It was a time ________ we all liked catching fish in the river.
A．where B．that
C．which D．when
解析：句意：在那时，我们都喜欢到河里去捕鱼。when引导定语从句，修饰先行词a time，且在从句中作状语。It was a time when ...“是……的时期，在那时”。
答案：D
2．Finally, in 1991, the sisters and their family moved to a safer area and since_then they have never looked back.
最终在1991年，两姐妹随同家人一起搬到了一个比较安全的地区，从此再也没有故地重游过。
(1)句中since then“从那以后”(＝ from then on)，是介词短语作时间状语，与现在完成时或过去完成时连用，位置常在句首或句末。
Since then, he has developed another bad habit — smoking.
自那以后，他养成了另一种坏习惯——吸烟。
(2)since 的用法：
①prep.“自……以来”，后面接名词或代词，经常与现在完成时连用。
I have been there many times since the war.
自那次战争以来，我已去过那里许多次了。
②conj.“自……以后，自……以来”，引导时间状语从句，从句中用一般过去时，主句中用现在完成时。
Ten years has passed since I graduated from the university.
自从我从那所大学毕业以来，十年的光阴已经过去了。
③conj.“因为，既然”(＝now that)，引导原因状语从句。
Since you misunderstood Alice, you should say sorry to her.
既然你误解了艾丽斯，你就应该向她道歉。
[关键一点]
since引导时间状语从句时，从句谓语动词如果是延续性动词，它的动作要从结束时算起，注意翻译。
It's years since I smoked.
我戒烟已有数年了。
[多角度演练]
1．用所给词的适当形式填空
①I have_been (be) here for 2 years since you_brought (bring) me here.
2．翻译句子
②我当教师三十年了。
It_is_30_years_since_I_became_a_teacher.
③我不当教师已三年了。
It_is_3_years_since_I_was_a_teacher.
3．句型转换
④He joined the Party two years ago.
→It has been two years since he joined the Party.
⑤He lived there for many years.
→It is many years since he lived there.
4．单项填空
⑥She was in class on Friday afternoon, but no one has seen her________.
A．after that B．from then on
C．since then D．by then
解析：since then“从那以后”，主句用现在完成时态。after that用于句中；from then on常与一般过去时连用；by then“截止到那时”，主句需用过去完成时态。句意：她周五下午还在教室，但从那以后就没人再见过她。
答案：C
3．Brandi, the sister's mother, taught her daughters at home so_that they completed their high school while developing their tennis careers.
妈妈布兰蒂在家中教两姐妹文化知识。这样一来她们在继续网球生涯的同时也完成了高中学业。
(1)so that “结果是，以至”，引导结果状语从句，也可以引导目的状语从句，意思是“为的是，使得”(＝ in order that)。
He got up early, so that he caught the first bus.
他早起，结果赶上了早班车。
He got up early so that (＝ in order that) he could catch the first bus.
他早起是为了能赶上早班车。
[关键一点]
so that 引导结果状语从句时，从句中无情态动词，so前常有逗号；引导目的状语从句时，从句中常有can/could/will/would等情态动词，且不用于句首。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①Speak clearly so_that_they_may_understand_you (以便他们明白你的意思)．
②George often told lies so_that_no_one_believed_him (结果没人相信他)．
2．单句改错
③So that he could win the game, he practised hard.
答案：So that→In order that
④He raised his hand in order that he was seen.
答案：was→could be
3．单项填空
⑤The roads are crowded ________walking to work is even quicker than driving.
A．in order that B．in order to
C．so as to D．so that
解析：so that“以至，结果”，引导结果状语从句。in order that 表示“为了”，只能引导目的状语从句；in order to和 so as to 均表示“为了”，后接动词不定式，不接从句。句意：道路太拥挤了，以至于走路去上班比开车还要快。
答案：D
(2)while developing their tennis careers是while从句的省略，意为“在开创他们网球职业生涯的过程中”。
在表示时间、条件、让步、方式等的状语从句中，当主从句的主语一致或从句的主语为it，且从句谓语部分含有be动词时，可以将从句主语和be动词一同省去。
When very young, she began to learn to play the piano.
她很小的时候就开始学习弹钢琴了。
If taken good care of, the bird can live as long as five years.
如果受到细心照料，这种鸟可以活五年。
While listening to the radio, she can't help laughing.
听收音机的时候，她忍不住笑了起来。
The clouds are gathering as if to rain.
云在聚集，好像要下雨了。
[多角度演练]
1．用所给动词的适当形式填空
①Though put (put) in prison, Mandela didn't give up his dream.
②While doing (do) his homework, David left the TV on.
③Once asked (ask) to say something, you should be careful about what you would say.
④I have tried to keep his advice in mind when writing (write) this book.
⑤He will not attend the party unless invited (invite)．
2．单项填空
⑥When________， our new campus will be the most beautiful institution of higher learning in our province.
A．completed B．completing
C．being completed D．to be completed
解析：when后省去了主语our new campus和动词be，主语和complete之间为被动关系，故用过去分词。句意：我们的新校园一旦建成，将会是省内最漂亮的高等学府。
答案：A
现在完成时与一般过去时
1．Since then they have never looked back.
2．He has always been strict with his daughters.
3．They have already expressed a keen interest ...
4．We've played each other before.
5．Has Serena won Wimbledon yet?
6．How many goals have you scored this season?
7．－Have you ever been to Venice?
－No, I have never been there.
8．Has he gone to Venice?
9．Has tennis ever caused problems between the sisters?
10．It is the first time that I have visited the city.
[我的发现]
(1)列举以上句中所用的时间状语：already,_ever,_since_then,_this_season,_never,_always,_before,_yet。
(2)现在完成时的构成：have/has＋过去分词(done)。
(3) ⑦句中，询问别人的经历用have_been_to。⑧句中，询问他现在是否在威尼斯用have_gone_to。
(4)⑩句的句型结构为：It_is_the_first_time_that＋主语＋have/has_done_sth.
一、现在完成时
1．表示过去发生的某一动作对现在造成的影响或结果。
－How long have you been friends with each other?
你们成为朋友多久了？
－About two years.
大约两年。
－Is she still crying?
她还在哭吗？
－No, she has stopped.
不，她已经不哭了。
①He has turned off (turn off) the light. (The light is off now.)?
②The concert has started (start).
(The concert is on now.)?
③I have alreadyseen (see) the film.
(I know about the film now.)
2．表示过去已经开始，持续到现在，而且还可能继续下去的动作或状态。或表示曾经有过一种经历，而且这种经历不可能被以后的行动所抹杀或否定。
Have you heard from your brother recently?
你最近收到你兄弟的来信了吗？
I have been to the Great Wall.
我已经去过长城了。
Jane really loves that film. She has seen it several times.
简真的喜欢那部电影。她已经看过好几次了。
[关键一点]
①have been to去过(某地)；have gone to去了(某地)，现在不在原地。
②现在完成时的谓语动词如果是非延续性动词的肯定式，通常不能和“for＋一段时间”连用。
2－1.用所给词的适当形式填空
①That old teacher has_been_retired (retire) for more than two years.
②He has_been (be) to Beijing twice.
③Mary isn't at home and she has_gone (go) to Paris.
2－2.句型转换
①He left his office three hours ago.
→He has been away from his office for three hours.
→It has been three hours since he left his office.
②He has been dead for four years.
→He died four years ago.
→It is four years since he died.
3．在以下句型中，当先行词被序数词、形容词最高级或the only修饰时，定语从句要用完成时态，表示个人经历。
It is the most inspiring speech (that) I have ever had.
这是我所听过的最鼓舞人的演讲。
This is the eighth apple (that) you have eaten this evening.
这是你今晚吃的第八个苹果了。
The only right thing you've done is that you married me.
你做过的唯一正确的事情是嫁给了我。
3－1.用所给词的适当形式填空
①It is the first time (that) I have_stayed (stay) at home alone.
②This is the second time (that) I have_met (meet) him today.
3－2.句型转换
①I have read many books and this is the most interesting.
→This is the most interesting book that I have ever read.
②He has seen the film twice.
→It is the second time (that) he has seen the film.
二、现在完成时和一般过去时的区别
现在完成时表示的是过去的动作对现在的影响或造成的结果，强调的是现在的情况，所以不能和表示过去的时间状语连用；而一般过去时表示的是过去发生的动作或存在的状态，不表示和现在的关系，所以和表示过去的时间状语连用。
We have lived in Beijing since 1949.
1949年以来我们一直住在北京。(现在仍然住在北京)
We lived in Beijing in 1949.
1949年我们住在北京。(现在是否住在北京不清楚)
We have visited a power plant.
我们参观了一个发电站。(说明现在对发电站有所了解)
We visited a power plant yesterday.
昨天我们参观了一个发电站。(只简述一个过去的事实)
①The book has been translated (translate) into thirty languages since it came (come) on the market in 1973.?
②Up to now, the program has saved (save) thousands of children who would otherwise have died.?
③The Chinese have stood (stand) up, and the development of the Chinese nation has ushered in a new era.?
④We plan to reach the North Pole in Mid?July, and by then we will have walked (walk) for six weeks.?
⑤By the time you arrive in New York, you will have been (be) away for two weeks.?
⑥I have been (be) here since I came (come) two years ago.
一、感悟高考
1．(2012·湖南高考)—I remember you were a talented pianist at college. Can you play the piano for me?
—Sorry, I ________ the piano for years.
A．don't play B．wasn't playing
C．haven't played D．hadn't played
解析：考查时态。句意：“我记得在大学时，你是一位极有天赋的钢琴手。你能为我弹奏钢琴吗？”“对不起，我已经多年不弹钢琴了。”由句意可知，选现在完成时。现在完成时表示一个过去发生的动作对现在有影响或带来的结果。
答案：C
2．(2012·江西高考)—Look! Somebody ________ the sofa.
—Well, it wasn't me. I didn't do it.
A．is cleaning B．was cleaning
C．has cleaned D．had cleaned
解析：考查时态。从后面的回答可以看出事情已经完成了，前面一句是着重谈对现在的影响，所以用现在完成时态。句意：“看，有人已经清理了沙发。”“恩，不是我，我没有做。”
答案：C
3．(2012·浙江高考)—Alvin, are you coming with us?
—I'd love to, but something unexpected ________.
A．has come up B．was coming up
C．had come up D．would come up
解析：考查动词的时态。句意：“Alvin，你会跟我们来吗？”“我想去，但出了点没料到的事情。”此处表示“过去发生的情况对现在的影响(我去不了了)”，所以用现在完成时。
答案：A
4．(2012·重庆高考)—Kevin, you look worried.Anything wrong?
—Well, I ________ a test and I'm waiting for the result.
A．will take B．took
C．had taken D．take
解析：考查动词时态。根据“I'm waiting for the result”可知，Kevin已经参加过考试了，是过去发生的动作，应用一般过去时。故选B项。
答案：B
5．(2012·全国卷Ⅱ)—Did you ask Sophia for help?
—I ________ need to — I managed perfectly well on my own.
A．wouldn't B．don't
C．didn't D．won't
解析：考查时态。句意：“你让Sophia帮忙了吗？”“我不需要——我自己完全能行。”结合问句的时态以及答语后半部分的时态可知，应用一般过去时。故C项正确。
答案：C
6．(2011·安徽高考)—I didn't ask for the name list. Why ______on my desk?
—I put it there just now in case you needed it.
A．does it land B．has it landed
C．will it land D．had it landed
解析：考查时态。问话人质疑的是名单为什么在自己的书桌上，此处强调的是过去发生的动作对现在造成的影响或结果，所以用现在完成时。
答案：B
7．(2011·天津高考)In the last few years thousands of films______ all over the world.
A．have produced B．have been produced
C．are producing D．are being produced
解析：考查动词的时态和语态。根据前面的时间状语“In the last few years”可知应用现在完成时，且“films” 和“produce” 是动宾关系，故应用现在完成时的被动语态，选B项。
答案：B
二、冲关演练
1．So far this year we ________ a fall in house prices by between 5 and 10 percent.
A．saw B．see
C．had seen D．have seen
解析：so far “到目前为止”，为现在完成时的标志。
答案：D
2．—I have bought an English-Chinese dictionary.
—When and where ________ you ________ it?
A．do; buy B．did; buy
C．have; bought D．had; bought
解析：本题考查一般过去时的用法。询问过去的动作，用一般过去时。
答案：B
3．I love traveling abroad. So far, I________ most of European countries.
A．visits B．visited
C．have visited D．is visiting
解析：so far相当于by now，是现在完成时的时间状语。
答案：C
4．This is the sixth time that Mr. Clinton________to our town.
A．coming B．has come
C．came D．is coming
解析：在 This is ... time that ...句型中，that从句的谓语常用现在完成时。
答案：B
5．More money________ to treat pollution this year than last year.
A．used B．has used
C．was used D．has been used
解析：money 与use之间为被动关系，故排除A、B，由时间状语this year可排除C。
答案：D
6．You________me your trouble earlier, or I would have helped you out of trouble.
A．haven't told B．don't tell
C．won't tell D．didn't tell
解析：由后一分句的谓语可知，是对过去的假设，而第一个分句陈述的是事实，故用一般过去时。
答案：D
7．Many students in that school________to the USA to study there last year.
A．have been sent B．were sent
C．had sent D．had been sent
解析：由时间状语last year可知，应用一般过去时。
答案：B
8．Bob________the Yellow Mountain many times, which lies in Anhui.
A．went to B．goes to
C．has gone to D．has been to
解析：只有has been to ... 与many times连用，表示经历。
答案：D
9．The floor________ for months. No wonder it's so dirty.
A．hasn't cleaned B．didn't clean
C．wasn't cleaned D．hasn't been cleaned
解析：floor与clean之间为被动关系，故排除A、B，由时间状语for months可知，应用现在完成时，故排除C。
答案：D
10．Great changes________in my hometown since the liberation.
A．took place B．were taken place
C．have been taken place D．have taken place
解析：take place为不及物动词词组，无被动语态，故排除B、C，由since从句可知，应用现在完成时。
答案：D
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．It's u________ talking with William, because he won't change his decision.
答案：useless
2．Years of practice has made the salesgirl ________ (熟练的) at dealing with the customers.
答案：skillful
3．She lost her watch, but f______________ her father found it on her way to school.
答案：fortunately
4．The daughter is ____________ (渴望的) to become a musician in the future.
答案：keen/eager
5．The problem should be solved in a peaceful way instead of by v____________.
答案：violence
6．If the weather is still ________ (糟糕的) today, we will travel another day.
答案：awful
7．Animals in the wild have to c________ against each other for food.
答案：compete
8．She is much better than the other athletes and she must be the ________ (冠军)．
答案：champion
9．Everyone is born ________ (平等的)．
答案：equal
10．___________ (就个人而言), he is not fit for it.
答案：Personally
Ⅱ.完成句子
1．如果每天浇水，花儿会越长越美丽。
________________ every day, the flowers will be more and more beautiful.
答案：If watered
2．有段时间，Sam讨厌上学。
There was ______________ Sam hated to go to school.
答案：a time when
3．并非在一切方面，父母对我要求都那么严格。
My parents ________________________ everything.
答案：are not strict with me in
4．四年后战争终于结束。
The war ________________ finally 4 years later.
答案：came to an end
5．——在我个人看来，汤姆是我们班最好的学生。
——我同意你的观点，但我认为，你也很优秀。
－__________________， Tom is the best student in our class.
－____________________， but ____________， you are also excellent.
答案：In my opinion; I agree with you; personally
6．多年来，她一直在为保护动物和改变人们对环境的观点而工作。
For many years, she has worked ____________________ and ______________________ on the environment.
答案：to protect animals; to change people's opinions
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．－Excuse me, I wonder if you can help me. I________my phone.
－What a pity!
A．have lost B．lost
C．had lost D．lose
解析：lose 这一动作发生在过去，但强调的是现在的情况，故用现在完成时。
答案：A
2．Since she left home, I have been worried about her and________well at all.
A．was sleeping B．wasn't sleeping
C．haven't been sleeping D．have been sleeping
解析：由语境可知应用完成进行时，由语意可知应是否定句。
答案：C
3．Edward, you speak French so well. But I________ you could do it before.
A．didn't know B．hadn't known
C．don't know D．haven't known
解析：此处指的是在说话(用的一般现在时)之前不知道，故用一般过去时。
答案：A
4．Two dogs were struggling ________ each other ________ a piece of bone.
A．for; for B．with; with
C．for; with D．with; for
解析：考查struggle与介词的搭配。struggle for“为……而斗争/努力”；struggle with“与……搏斗”。
答案：D
5．How long did it ________ to control the floods in Anhui?
A．spend B．take
C．pay D．cost
解析：考查固定句型。It takes some time to do sth.“花时间做某事”，主语(人)＋spend some time(in) doing sth.；主语(sb.) pay (some money) for sth.“花钱买某物”；cost的主语为物，构成sth.cost sb.some money 结构。
答案：B
6．After hearing that their favorite singer will come，the fans are ________ to meet him.
A．helpful B．keen
C．useful D．useless
解析：be keen to do sth.“极想做某事”。helpful“有帮助的”； useful“有用的”；useless“无用的”。根据句意应选B。
答案：B
7．During the war there was a serious lack of food.It was not ________ that even the wealthy families had to suffer from hunger.
A．usual B．worried
C．unusual D．upset
解析：考查形容词词义辨析。unusual意为“不平常的”，合乎句意。此处为其双重否定形式表肯定。usual“通常的，寻常的”；worried“担心的”；upset“不安的”，均离题甚远。
答案：C
8．—Hi, Mark.How was the musical evening?
—Excellent！Alex and Andy performed ________ and they won the first prize.
A．skillfully B．commonly
C．willingly D．nervously
解析：句意：“喂，马克！音乐晚会如何？”“太棒了！艾历克斯和安迪表演得很娴熟，他们得了第一名。”skillfully“熟练地，娴熟地”。
答案：A
9．Although they have different backgrounds, they are ________clever.
A．simply B．partly
C．seriously D．equally
解析：考查副词的词义辨析。句意：尽管他们有不同的背景，他们同样地聪明。A项意为“仅仅，只不过，简单地”；B项意为“部分地，不全面地”；C项意为“严肃地，认真地”；D项意为“相等地，同样地”。结合句意应选D。
答案：D
10．He is a hard-working student who is the first________ to the classroom and the last________it.
A．to come; to leave B．come; leave
C．coming; leaving D．to have come; to have left
解析：当名词前有the first, second, last等词。后应用不定式作定语。
答案：A
Ⅳ.阅读理解
?安徽、河南专用
In the summer of 1963, Jesse Owens joined the best athletes from fifty nations to compete in the Berlin Olympic Games. Until then, very few black athletes had competed in the Olympics for the United States. Owens was proud to be on the team. He was very sure of his ability.
Owens spent one week competing in four different Olympic track and field events (田径项目). And he won four gold medals in all four of the competitions. In the 100-meter run, he equaled the fastest time ever run in that Olympic event. In the long jump and the 200-meter run, he set new Olympic records. And as part of a four-man team, he helped set a new world record for the 400-meter relay race. He was the first American in the history of Olympic track and field events to win four gold medals in single Olympics.
Owens's Olympic triumphs made him a hero. He returned home to parade (游行) in New York and Columbus. Businessmen paid him for the right to use his name in their stores. No one, however, offered him a permanent (固定的) job. He worked at small jobs. He and his family saw good times and bad times.
Poverty was not new to Owens. He was born into a poor family, but he was lucky that he entered a school where one white teacher, Charles Riley, took a special interest in him. He often brought the boy food and invited him to eat with his family. And every day before school, he taught Owens how to run like an athlete. Owens always remembered the teacher who helped change his life.
In 1976, Gerald Ford awarded Jesse Owens the Presidential Medal of Freedom. This is the highest honor an American civilian (平民) can receive. Jesse Owens died of cancer in 1980, at the age of 67.
1．Owens set new records in the following events EXCEPT________.
A．the 400-meter relay race B．the 100-meter run
C．the 200-meter run D．the long jump
解析：细节理解题。文章第二段说明了他在100米比赛中平了在那个奥运赛事中的最快时间，说明他没有创造新的纪录，只是平了纪录。
答案：B
2．The underlined word“triumphs”in Paragraph 3 probably means________.
A．challenges B．events
C．styles D．victories
解析：词义猜测题。第二段重点介绍了杰西·欧文斯在奥运比赛中所取得的成绩，该段说明他被当作一位英雄，其原因自然是他所取得的成绩，由此推断triumphs应该表示“胜利，成功”之意。
答案：D
3．Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Owens was the only black person competing in the Olympics for the US until 1936.
B．Owens entered three competitions in the Berlin Olympic Games.
C．Owens lived a rich life after the Berlin Olympic Games.
D．Charles Riley had a great effect on Owens's success and life.
解析：细节理解题。根据第四段内容可知杰西·欧文斯的一位白人老师查尔斯·莱利对他产生了很大的影响，给他物质上的帮助，并教会他像运动员一样跑步，因而改变了他的一生。
答案：D
4．Which of the following CANNOT be used to describe Owens?
A．Fortunate. B．Confident.
C．Generous. D．Competitive.
解析：细节理解题。通过阅读文章不难看出杰西·欧文斯是幸运的，遇到了一位很好的老师，他很自信并具有竞争性，但文章中没有谈到他很慷慨。
答案：C
?福建专用
[A篇同河南、安徽专用]
B
Asia is thought by most people to be a good place where it is always sunny. However, monsoon (季风) rains can affect the area and cause floods (洪水) in some rural areas. Here are some useful tips for your next Asian trip.
Countries in Southeast Asia experience sunshine for the months of November to April. In May, rains and sudden typhoons (台风) may hit this area. For the dry months, the air can be quite dry, so it is really best to walk along the beach during these months. Be careful about the Christmas months though. November and December may have strong winds. During the rainy season, it is best to stay away from the coastal areas and the rural areas as these are the ones where floods may happen.
For some countries though, like Indonesia, they hardly experience heavy rains and it can be considered to be quite hot and humid throughout the year. In Malaysia, the weather can be considered to be generally hot and humid but during those times when it rains, don't be frightened. The rains will probably last for just a couple of hours, and then it's back to the sunny weather.
Another guide that you can use would be the festivals that are held in each country. Because most festivals are held outdoors, you can be sure that when you plan to attend a festival, the weather will be beautiful.If there is a lantern festival in the area you will visit, the weather will generally be good, so rainy weather is something you need not worry about.
5．The passage is mainly written to________.
A．warn the farmers in Asia about bad weather
B．tell travelers about the best time to visit Asia
C．introduce Asian festivals to foreign tourists
D．attract more foreign travelers to Southeast Asia
解析：作者意图题。由第一段的最后一句“Here are some useful tips for your next Asian trip.”可知，B项正确。
答案：B
6．What do we learn about the weather in Malaysia?
A．It's generally hot and dry most time of the year.
B．It's hot and humid and there are often heavy rains.
C．It often rains and the rain usually lasts for several hours.
D．It seldom rains heavily and the rain usually doesn't last long.
解析：细节理解题。由第三段中的第二、三两个句子可排除A、B、C三项。
答案：D
7．For the tourists who want to attend festivals，________.
A．it's better for them to find a local tourist guide
B．they should prepare for rain during outdoor activities
C．it's not necessary to be worried about unexpected rains
D．their plan is most likely to be affected by rainy weather
解析：细节理解题。由最后一段，尤其是最后一个句子可推断出正确选择。
答案：C
8．How is the third paragraph developed?
A．By space. B．By examples.
C．By time. D．By explanations.
解析：推理判断题。由关键词some countries, like Indonesia, In Malaysia可知，此段落的内容是举例陈述的。
答案：B
Ⅴ.选做题
?任务型读写[安徽专用]
Maybe you are an average (一般的) student.You probably think you will never be a top student.This is not necessarily so，however.Anyone can become a better student if he or she wants to.Here's how.
1)Plan your time carefully.When you plan your week, you should make a list of things that you have to do.After making this list, you should make a schedule(日程表) of your time.Don't forget to set aside (留出) enough time for entertainment (娱乐)．A weekly schedule may not solve all your problems, but it will force you to realize what is happening to your time.
2) Find a good place to study.Look around the house for a good study area.Keep this space, which may be a desk or simply a corner of your room, free of everything but study materials.No games, radios, or television！When you sit down to study, concentrate on (专心于) the subject.
3)Make good use of your time in class.Take advantage of (利用) class time to listen to everything the teacher says.Real listening in class means less work later.Taking notes will help you remember what the teacher says.
4)Study regularly.When you get home from school, go over your notes.Review the important points that your teacher mentioned in class.If you know what your teacher is going to discuss the next day, read that material.This will help you understand the next class.If you do these things regularly, the material will become more meaningful, and you will remember it longer.
5)Develop a good attitude towards tests.The purpose of a test is to show what you have learned about a subject.They help you remember your new knowledge.The world won't end if you don't pass a test, so don't be overly (过度地) worried.
There are other methods that might help you with your study.You will probably discover many others after you have tried these.
How to become a better student
General method (一般方法)
How to
Advantage (好处)
Plan your time carefully.
Make a list.
Force you to realize (6)________ is happening to your time.
Make a (1)________．
Find a good place to study.
Free of everything but study (2)________
You can (7)________ on the subject.
Make good use of your time in class.
Listen to everything the teacher says.
Real listening in class means (8)________ work later.
Taking (3)________
Study regularly.
Go over your notes.
Help you (9)________ it better and remember it longer.
(4)________ the new material.
Develop a good attitude towards tests.
Don't be (5)________ worried.
Remember your new (10)________ .
答案：1.schedule 2.materials 3.notes 4.Read 5.overly 6.what 7.concentrate 8.less 9.understand 10.knowledge
?短文填词[福建专用]
Dear editor，
I am Evan from Canada.Being the eldest child in the family has its disadvantages.First of all, I have to share all my ________ (玩具) with my1.________
younger sisters.Of course, they don't n________ to return the favor because2.________
I'm totally uninterested in their things.________ (除……之外) that, 3.________
they are always hanging around me.I just can't get a moment's p________.4.________
At meals, I have to eat whatever is ________ the plate regardless of 5.________
the taste.My sisters only try one bite if it's not ________ favorite food.In6.________
addition, w________ it comes to practicing our musical instruments, I have to 7.________
practice ________ than double the time.Worst of all, I get a larger quantity8.________
of homework, ________ (对比) to them.9.________
I'm feeling rather annoyed.Can you please g______ me some advice？10.________
Yours truly，
Evan Smith
答案：1.toys 2.need 3.Besides 4.peace 5.on6．their 7.when 8.more 9.compared 10.give
?任务型阅读[河南专用]
Is there anything more important than health? I don't think so.“1. ________ ” wise people say.You can't be good at your studies or work well when you are ill.If you have a headache, toothache, backache, earache or bad pain in the stomach, if you complain of a bad cough, if you run a high temperature and have a bad cold, or if you suffer from high or low blood pressure 2.________ The doctor will examine your throat, feel your pulse, test your blood pressure, take your temperature, sound your heart and lungs, test your eyes, check your teeth or have your chest X-rayed.After that he will advise some treatment, or some medicine. 3.________ Speaking about doctor's advice, I can't help telling you a funny story.
An old gentleman came to see the doctor.The man was very ill.He told the doctor about his weakness, memory loss and serious problems with his heart and lungs.The doctor examined him and said there was no medicine for his disease.He told his patient to go to a quiet place for a month and have a good rest.He also advised him to eat a lot of meat, drink two glasses of red wine every day and take long walks. 4.________：“Eat at pleasure, drink with measure and enjoy life as it is.” The doctor also said that if the man wanted to be well again, he should not smoke more than one cigarette a day.
5．________ He looked cheerful and happy.He thanked the doctor and said that he had never felt a healthier man.“But you know, doctor，” he said, “it's not easy to begin smoking at my age.”
A．A month later the gentleman came into the doctor's office.
B．I think you should go to the doctor.
C．In other words, the doctor advised him to follow the rule.
D．Work comes first.
E．Health is the greatest wealth.
F．It is a pleasure for the doctor to give you some advice.
G．The only thing you have to do is to follow his advice.
答案：1～5 EBGCA
?短文改错[河南专用]
Dear Susan，
I am very glad to hear you are come to visit me the next Friday.Unfortunately, I won't be able to meet you at the airport although I have classes in the afternoon.You won't find difficult to get to the city center.The airport bus leaves every 30 minute and will take you rightly to the Friendship Hotel.My class will be over by then or I will pick you up there.I will take you together to a hot-pot restaurant for dinner and we'll talk with our plan for the weekend over dinner.Having a pleasant trip and see you this Friday.
Yours，
Zhang Ming
答案：第一句：come→coming；去掉the
第二句：although→since/as/because
第三句：find difficult 之间加it
第四句：minute→minutes; rightly→right
第五句：or→and
第六句：去掉together; with→about
第七句：Having→Have
牛哥@的小弟%上传
21！世纪*教育#网……版权+|有所
Ⅰ.重点单词必记
根据英文释义和首字母提示写出单词
1．seriously not jokingly or funnily
2．envelope paper cover for a letter
3．decoration something pretty that you put onto something else in order to make it more attractive
4．swallow move (food or drink) down the throat
from the mouth
5．stocking covering for the foot and leg
6．appear to start to be seen
7．stay continue to be in a particular place for a period of time without moving away
Ⅱ.高频短语必背
1．at the bottom of 在……底下
2．on Christmas Eve 在圣诞前夕
3．put up 举起，建造
4．stay awake 醒着
5．laugh at 嘲笑；讥笑
6．put on 穿上；增加体重；上演
7．carry on 继续，坚持
8．go to church 做礼拜
Ⅲ.经典句式必会
1．My sister，Alison，and I sat down in front of fire and wrote a letter to Father Christmas telling him about all the presents we wanted.
我的姐姐艾莉森和我坐在炉火前给圣诞老人写信，告诉他我们想要的所有礼物。
[句式分析] telling him ...为现在分词短语作伴随状语。
[尝试仿写] 他熬到深夜，准备一个演讲。
He stayed up late into the night, preparing_for_a_speech.
2．Before we went to bed, we left some wine and biscuits for Father Christmas and then put our stockings at the end of our beds.
睡觉前，我们给圣诞老人留了些酒和饼干，然后在床尾放上我们的长筒袜。
[句式分析] before“在……之前”，此处为连词，引导时间状语从句。
[尝试仿写] 在老师进教室之前，我们都就座了。
We took our seats before_the_teacher_entered_the_classroom.
3．After lunch, the adults slept on the sofas in front of the Queen's speech on television while we all played cards.
午饭后，我们玩牌，大人们则躺在沙发上，聆听女王的电视讲话。
[句式分析] while为并列连词，表示转折、对比，意为“而”。
[尝试仿写] 她过着富有的生活而她姐姐却生活艰难。
She lives a rich life while_her_sister_leads_a_hard_life.
4．Then we had tea, with a huge Christmas cake covered with snowmen.
接着我喝下午茶，吃上面有一层雪人的圣诞大蛋糕。
[句式分析] with a huge ...为“with＋复合宾语结构”作状语。
[尝试仿写] 他假装睡着了，眼睛紧闭。
He pretended to have slept, with_his_eyes_shut.
5．(长难句分析)With December our excitement grew each day — as we opened the new year calendar, Christmas cards arrived in the post, Christmas lights appeared in the streets, and we attended the town carol service.
随着十二月的来临，我们的兴奋与日俱增——翻开圣诞日历，圣诞卡片纷至沓来，街上亮起了圣诞灯，小镇里响起了圣诞颂歌。
[句式分析] 本句为并列复合句。and连接两个并列分句。前一分句为主从复合句，as引导时间状语从句，Christmas cards ... in the streets为主句。
Read the text and judge whether the following is T or F.
1．Mother would read the letter. (F)
2．The family decorated the house with Christmas trees, the decorations and the balloons on Christmas Eve. (T)
3．Father Christmas filled the children's stockings with presents and sweets. (F)
4．We laughed at each other happily because the Christmas carols were very funny. (T)
5．The children fell into sleep quickly on Christmas evening. (T)
Choose the best answer according to the text.
1．How did the children tell “Father Christmas” what they wanted?
A．By email. B．By letter.
C．By fax. D．By telephone.
2．The right order of the things the children did is ________.
①go to church ②write to Father Christmas ③have lunch ④decorate the house ⑤have tea and a huge Christmas cake
A．①②③④⑤ B．⑤③②①④
C．②④①③⑤ D．④⑤③①②
3．On Christmas Eve, ________.
A．small presents and sweets were put into children's stockings
B．the children sang carols happily
C．the children couldn't fall asleep
D．David and his brother/sister came to the author's family
4．Christmas Day was filled with ________ for the children.
A．happiness B．luck
C．wishes D．jokes
答案：1.B 2.C 3.A 4.A
Read the text carefully and then fill in the chart with the information in the text.
Time
Things we do
In the middle of November
★wrote a letter to Father Christmas, ________ him about all the presents we wanted
In December
★________ the town carol service
★made snowmen
★had exciting snowball fights
On Christmas
Eve
★helped ________ the house
★________ the Christmas tree
★put stockings at the end of beds
★tried to stay ________ as long as possible
On Christmas
morning
★went out to play with new presents in the garden
★sang Christmas carols, ________ jokes and put on silly hats
After lunch
★the adults slept on the sofas
★had tea and a ________ Christmas cake
★________ a deep happy sleep
答案：telling attended to decorate put upawake laughed at
huge fell into
考点1
put up举起；挂起；张贴；建造；住宿
教材
原句
On Christmas Eve, the whole family helped to decorate the house, put up the Christmas tree, the decorations and the balloons.
圣诞节前夕，家人都来帮忙装饰房屋，竖起并装点圣诞树，吹起各色气球。
He put up his hand to catch the teacher's attention.
他举起手以引起老师的注意。
They're putting up several new office blocks in the centre of town.
他们正在市中心建造几幢新办公楼。
Will you put me up for the night?
今晚能留我住下吗？
[归纳拓展]
put away 收拾，放好
put down 放下，镇压
put aside 节省(钱、时间)；储存……备用
put forward 提出；把钟表拨快
put off 期；推迟
put on 穿上；戴上
put out 熄灭；扑灭
put up with 忍受；忍耐；受苦
She put on her hat and coat, and went out.
她戴上帽子，穿上大衣，出去了。
After an hour, they finally put out the fire.
一个小时后，他们终于把大火扑灭了。
One should always put a little money aside for a rainy day.
一个人总应积攒点钱以备不时之需。
She washed the cups and put them away.
她洗完杯子后便把它们收了起来。
[多角度演练]
1．用put短语的适当形式填空
①You must put_aside your work for a time and take a holiday.
②The appointment was put_off because of his illness.
③I'm not going to put_up_with their smoking any longer.
④The fire had_been_put_out when they got there.
⑤Where shall we put_up tonight?
2．单项填空
⑥I can't ________ your rudeness any more.
A．put up with B．get along with
C．live up to D．keep up with
解析：put up with“忍受”； get along with“与……相处，进展”； live up to“实践，做到，不辜负”； keep up with“跟上”。根据句意选A项。
答案：A
考点2
stay vi. 停留；停止link-v. 继续处于某种状态
教材原句
We tried to stay awake as long as possible to see Father Christmas but the next thing we knew it was morning, Christmas morning！
为了看到圣诞老人我们尽可能熬夜不睡觉，但当我们醒来时，已是第二天清晨了——圣诞节的早晨！
(1)vi.停留；停止
How long are you staying in the United States?
你要在美国待多长时间？
[归纳拓展]
stay away 不在家，外出
stay in 待在家里，不外出
stay up 熬夜
Then I often stayed up late into the night.
那时我常常熬夜到很晚。
(2) link-v. 继续处于某种状态
The weather will stay fine for another week.
好天气会再持续一周。
[关键一点]
(1)stay作系动词时表示“保持某种状态”，其后常跟形容词、过去分词等作表语。
(2)英语中常见的系动词有三类：
感官系动词
状态系动词
动态系动词
smell, look, sound, taste, feel
be, seem, appear, keep, remain, stay, prove
get, fall, grow, turn, go, come, become
You don't look fine today.
你今天气色不好。
This problem remains to be solved.
这个问题有待解决。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①He stayed/kept/remained_awake all the night.
整个晚上他都没有睡觉。
②Please stay/keep/remain_seated.
请一直坐着。
③What you said sounded_reasonable.
你说的听起来有道理。
④He looks_honest,_but isn't in fact.
他看上去很诚实，但事实上不诚实。
⑤He fell_asleep when seated.
他一坐下就睡着了。
⑥The dish tastes_tasty.
这道菜吃上去味道很好。
2．单项填空
⑦Emergency line operators must always ________ calm and make sure that they get all the information they need to send help.
A．grow B．appear
C．become D．stay
解析：句意：急诊热线接线员们必须一直保持冷静，并确保得到他们所需要的信息，以便于派出救助。grow“变得”；appear“出现，显露”； become“成为”； stay“保持”。
答案：D
考点3
carry on继续，开展
教材
原句
It didn't seem possible, but we carried on eating.
蛋糕大得好像吃不下了，但我们还是不停地吃着。
Let's carry on our conversation.
咱们继续谈话吧。
They are carrying on a busy business.
他们正经营一项繁忙的生意。
[归纳拓展]
carry on doing sth. 继续做某事
carry on with sth. 继续某事
carry out 执行(计划，命令)；进行(实验)
carry away 运走；使着迷
carry back 拿回；使回想
carry off 夺得；赢得；获得
carry through 完成；使渡过难关
You'll have an accident if you carry on driving like that.
如果你还继续那样驾驶的话，你会出事的。
A survey is now being carried out nationwide.
正在进行一次全国性的普查。
Courage carried him through.
勇气使他渡过了难关。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①We all carried_on_singing (继续唱) as if nothing was happening.
②He is relying on his son to carry_on_the_family_business(继承家业)．
③Jack_got_carried_away (被迷住) by the beautiful music.
④Mary carried_off (夺得) two awards in the competition.
2．单项填空
⑤The meal over, the managers went back to the meeting room to ________ their discussion.
A．put away B．take down
C．look over D．carry on
解析：句意：吃完饭，经理们回到会议室继续讨论。put away“收好”；take down“写下”；look over“检查”；carry on “继续”。
答案：D
1．My sister, Alison, and I sat down in front of fire and wrote a letter to Father Christmas telling him about all the presents we wanted.
我的姐姐艾莉森和我坐在火炉前给圣诞老人写信，告诉他我们想要的所有礼物。
句中telling him about all the presents we wanted为现在分词短语，在句中作伴随状语。
I stood by the door, not daring to say a word.
我站在门口，不敢说一句话。
(1)现在分词作状语还可表示时间、原因、条件、结果，相当于一个状语从句。
Time permitting, I'll drop in on you.
＝If time permits, I'll drop in on you.
时间许可我就顺便去看你。
(2)现在分词有一般式和完成式，它们表示的动作与谓语动词前后关系不同。一般式常表示与谓语动词同时进行的动作或前后差别不大；完成式则强调先于谓语动词的动作。
Not knowing what to do, he had to stand there.
由于不知道该怎么办，他只好站在那里。
Having lived in the city for years, I know each part of it very well.
由于住在这个城市多年，我对这里的每一处都很熟悉。
[多角度演练]
1．用所给词的适当形式填空
①The boy sat in front of the classroom, reading (read) a book.
②Hearing (hear) the good news, they all became excited.
③Having_watered (water) the vegetables, we began to dig the ground.
④He sent me an e-mail, hoping (hope) to get further information.
2．单项填空
⑤He sat back on the chair with his legs crossed，________ at ease.
A．being watched TV B．watched TV
C．to watch TV D．watching TV
解析：句意：他跷着二郎腿，背靠着椅子悠闲地看电视。watch与he之间应为主动关系，且伴随谓语发生，故选D。
答案：D
2．Before_we_went_to_bed,_we left some wine and biscuits for Father Christmas and then put our stockings at the end of our beds.
睡觉前，我们给圣诞老人留了些酒和饼干，然后在床尾放上我们的长筒袜。
句中before作连词，引导时间状语从句。其用法注意两个方面。
(1)含义。before作连词，常译为“在……之前；还没来得及；趁着……”等。
Turn off the light before you leave the office.
离开办公室之前要关灯。
He was caught before he ran away.
还没来得及逃跑，他就被抓住了。
(2)常用句型。
It was/will be＋时间段＋before ...在……之后才……，要过……才……
It was not/won't be＋时间段＋before ...不久就(会)……
It was three days before he came back.
三天后他才回来。
It was not long before he sensed the danger.
不久他就意识了危险。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①我五年后才能回来。
It_will_be_five_years_before I come back.
②没等我插话(get in a word)，他就宣布散会了。
He announced the ending of the meeting before_I_could_get_in_a_word.
③他们不久就会互相了解的。
It_won't_be_long_before they understand each other.
2．翻译句子
④It was a long time before I got to sleep again.
很长时间以后我才入睡。
⑤And before I could speak, she began to cry loudly.
还没等我说话，她就开始大声喊起来。
3．单项填空
⑥(2010·陕西高考)John thinks it won't be long ________ he is ready for his new job.
A．when B．after
C．before D．since
解析：此题考查连词。It won't be long before ...意为“不久就……”。句意：约翰认为他不久就会为新工作做好准备了。
答案：C
3．Then we had tea, with_a_huge_Christmas_cake_covered with snowmen.
接着我们喝茶，吃上面有雪人的圣诞大蛋糕。
(1)with ...covered ...是with的复合结构。with的复合结构在句中常作状语，表示方式或伴随情况，也可作定语。
The prisoner was led in with his hands tied to his back.
那个囚犯被带进来，双手被绑在背上。
(2)with复合结构的构成：
with＋名词＋形容词/副词/现在分词/过去分词/不定式/介词短语。
With the door open, they left the classroom.
他们离开了教室，门还开着。
They marched towards the village with a boy leading the way.
在一个小男孩的带领下，他们朝那个村子走去。
They broke into the house with all the windows shut.
他们闯入了关着所有窗子的那座房子。
We live in a village with a river round.
我们住在一个有条小河的村子里。
The woman with a baby in her arms is my elder sister.
抱孩子的那个妇女是我姐姐。
With so much homework to do I won't go out for play with you.
由于作业太多，我就不跟你们出去玩了。
[关键一点]
在with复合结构中，现在分词往往表示主动、进行的动作；过去分词常常表示被动、完成的动作；而不定式则表示将来动作。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①The teacher came in with_some_students_following_him.
老师走了进来，后面跟着一些学生。
②With_the_problems_settled,_we all felt very happy.
问题解决了，我们都感到很高兴。
③It is not good manners to speak with_your_mouth_full (of food)．
满嘴食物去说话是不礼貌的。
④The city looks more beautiful with_all_the_lights_on.
所有的灯亮起来，这座城市看起来更漂亮了。
⑤With_so_much_work_to_do,_we can't kill any time by playing cards.
有这么多工作要做，我们没有时间打扑克。
2．单项填空
⑥You have no idea how she finished the relay race ________ her foot wounded so much.
A．for B．when
C．with D．while
解析：考查with的复合结构。句意：你不知道她是如何在一只脚严重受伤的情况下完成接力赛的。此处with＋名词 (her foot)＋过去分词(wounded)构成with的复合结构，在句中作状语。
答案：C
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．The dinning room is not very big, but the ________ (装饰) inside is very special.
答案：decoration
2．While having meals, you should eat slowly.Don't ______ (吞下) the food whole.
答案：swallow
3．When I woke up, I found my ________ (长袜) was full of presents from Santa Claus (圣诞老人)．
答案：stocking
4．Those who went to the dance party wore a flower on their ________ (胸部)．
答案：breasts
5．Before you post the letter, you need to check the name and the address on the e________.
答案：envelope
6．Children under ten must be followed by a________ to visit the animals in the zoo.
答案：adults
7．The student never takes his study s________.
答案：seriously
8．The m________ faces of the children show us that they are living a happy life.
答案：merry
Ⅱ.单项填空
1．You ________ park here! It's an emergency exit.
A．wouldn't B．needn't
C．couldn't D．mustn't
解析：由后一句可知，这里是紧急出口，应该严禁停车，故用mustn't。
答案：D
2．Sir, you ________ be sitting in this waiting room. It is for women and children only.
A．oughtn't to B．don't have to
C．won't D．needn't
解析：由后一句知，因为这个接待室是专为妇女儿童所设，所以你是不应该坐在此处的。故选A。
答案：A
3．Nowadays, there is something wrong with the quality of food, so the new government must take it ________.
A．strictly B．truly
C．carefully D．seriously
解析：take sth./sb. seriously“认真对待某事/某人”，是固定搭配。
答案：D
4．Between the two rows of trees ________ the building.
A．stand B．stands
C．has D．have
解析：当主语是名词并且介词短语放在句首时，句子要用全部倒装结构。故选B。
答案：B
5．________ more and more forests disappearing，many animals face the danger of dying out.
A．With B．By
C．As D．For
解析：考查with的复合结构。disappearing在该结构中作宾语补足语。
答案：A
6．—Do you think it wise for Chinese mothers to try to do everything for their children?
—No, that's ________ they are mistaken.
A．where B．when
C．so D．how
解析：考查表语从句。where此处引导表语从句。
答案：A
7．It was dark.We decided to ________ for the night at a farmer's house.
A．put away B．put down
C．put up D．put on
解析：put away “收拾”；put down “放下，记下，镇压”；put on “上演，穿上，增加”；put up在此意为“暂住，留宿”。
答案：C
8．Rising costs made it difficult to ________ the business.
A．carry out B．carry through
C．carry on D．carry into
解析：carry on “继续”。句意：不断上升的费用使继续经营这家公司变得很困难。
答案：C
Ⅲ.课文缩写填空
For me, Christmas always began in the middle of November. We sat down in front of the fire and wrote a letter to Father Christmas. We 1.________ wrote “Father Christmas, the North 2.________” on the 3.________ before giving them to our mother to post.
On Christmas Eve, the whole family helped to put up Christmas trees, the 4.________ and the balloons. At night, before we went to bed we put 5.________ at the end of our beds for Christmas gifts.
Christmas lunch was always late, but what a lunch! Of all I like turkey 6.______ the best, I put so much food in my mouth sometimes that it was hard to 7.________. After lunch, the 8.________ slept on the sofas while we all played cards. By bedtime all of the children were very tired. As soon as we turned off the light, we all fell into a deep, happy sleep.
答案：1.seriously 2.Pole 3.envelope 4.decorations 5.stockings 6.breast 7.swallow 8.adults
Ⅳ.阅读理解
A
The Sahara Festival is a celebration of the very recent past.The three-day event is not fixed (固定的)to the same dates each year, but generally takes place in November or December. It is well attended by tourists, but even better attended by locals (当地人)．
During the opening ceremonies，after the official greetings from the government leaders，people who attend the festival begin to march smartly before the viewing stands，and white camels transport their riders across the sands.Horsemen from different nations display their beautiful clothes and their fine horsemanship.One following another, groups of musicians and dancers from all over the Sahara take their turn to show off their wonderful traditional culture.Groups of men in blue and yellow play horns (喇叭) and beat drums (鼓) as they dance in different designs.On their knees in the sand, a group of women in long dark dresses dance with their hair: their long, dark, shiny hair is thrown back and forth in the wind to the rhythm of their dance.
The local and visiting Italian dogs are anxious to run after hares.The crowd is on its feet for the camel races.Camels and riders run far into the distance, and then return to the finish line in front of the cheering people.
Towards the evening, there comes the grand finale of the opening day, an extremely exciting horse race.All the riders run very fast on the horseback.Some riders hang off the side of their saddles (坐垫)．Some even ride upside down — their legs and feet straight up in the air — all at full speed.Others rush down the course together, men arm in arm，on different horses.On and on they go.So fast and so wonderful!
1．The Sahara Festival is a festival which________.
A．has a very long history in North Africa
B．is held on the same place on the same day
C．is attended mainly by the people in the Sahara
D．is celebrated mostly by travelers from different countries
解析：细节理解题。由第一段最后一句话可知C项为正确答案。
答案：C
2．Before the races begin, ________ take part in the activities during the opening ceremonies.
A．musicians, dancers, horses and hares
B．camel riders, musicians, Japanese dogs and hares
C．horsemen dancers, camels and Japanese dogs
D．musicians, officials, camels and horses
解析：推理判断题。根据第二段的描述可以推断D项为正确答案。A项多加了hares；B项多加了Japanese dogs and hares；C项多加了Japanese dogs。
答案：D
3．The underlined word “finale” in the fourth paragraph most probably means the ________ of the opening day.
A．first part B．middle
C．last part D．whole
解析：词义猜测题。根据前面的towards the evening可推知此处指开幕式的最后部分。
答案：C
4．This passage mainly tells readers________.
A．what happens on the opening day of the Sahare Festival
B．how people celebrate during the three-day Sahare Festival
C．what takes place at the closing ceremonies of the Sahara Festival
D．how animals race on the first and the last days of the Sahara Festival
解析：主旨大意题。本文第一段简要介绍什么是Sahara Festival，第二、三、四段主要介绍开幕式第一天的活动，因此A项为最佳选项。
答案：A
B
Holi (胡里节) is one of the most famous festivals in India. It is mainly celebrated in the northern part of India during the month of February or early March. Holi is also known as the festival of colors, as colors are the whole part of Holi celebration. The celebration marks the end of winter and the beginning of spring.
Holi is celebrated for two days. On the first day children search the neighbourhood for waste wood. At night they light a fire with it. The public bonfire (篝火) is made in memory of the burning of Holika. The story behind it is this: there was a king who ordered everybody to worship (敬奉) him rather than God. However, his little son Prahlad refused to do so and go on worshiping Lord Vishnu, the Indian God. The king tried many times to kill him but Lord Vishnu saved him every time. One of the sisters of the king, named Holika, had the power to walk through fire without being harmed. So the king ordered her to kill Prahlad by walking through the fire with him. However, Lord Vishnu came to help and Prahlad was saved while Holika perished.
The second day is of course the main day of Holi celebrations, which is marked with singing and dancing. On this day the actual play of colors takes place. People with colored faces come on the streets and dance to the drum beats and shout “Holi Hai”. Everybody, from kids to adults, plays with colors and water. They throw colored powders and water on friends and family members, greeting each other with the warm wishes of Holi. Holi is a festival which brings people together.
5．From the first paragraph we can know________.
A．everyone celebrates Holi in India
B．Holi comes in February or March
C．Holi is also the festival of spring
D．Holi means the end of the summer
解析：细节理解题。根据第一段内容可知胡里节一般在二、三月份到来。
答案：B
6．The underlined word “perished” in Paragraph 2 most probably means________.
A．disappeared B．died
C．failed D．suffered
解析：词义猜测题。根据while一词的用法，强调前后情况的对比可知，王子得救了，而国王的妹妹应该是死了。
答案：B
7．To celebrate the festival of Holi, people________.
A．make a bonfire on the last day of February
B．invite their friends to big parties at home
C．dance and sing with their faces colored
D．exchange gifts with each other
解析：细节理解题。根据第三段可知在第二天人们唱歌跳舞，脸上涂上各种颜色。
答案：C
8．The main purpose of the passage is to________.
A．tell us a story about Holi
B．introduce a festival of India
C．attract people to attend celebrations of Holi
D．show the importance of Holi in India
解析：主旨大意题。全文作者向读者介绍了印度胡里节的来源及庆祝方式等相关情况，故选B项。
答案：B
牛哥@的小弟%上传
21！世纪*教育#网……版权+|有所
Section Ⅳ Communication Workshop & Culture Corner
Ⅰ.重点单词必记
根据词性及汉语提示写出单词
1．mess n．混乱，脏乱
2．worship vt.敬神，拜神
3．invade vt.侵略
4．fry vt. 用油煎，用油炸→fried adj. 油煎的
5．unfortunately adv.不幸地→fortunately adv. 幸运地
6．production n. 生产，制造→produce v. 生产
7．adopt v. 收养，领养；采用→adoption n. 收养
8．honour n．光荣；敬重 v．表扬；尊重→honourable adj. 可敬的
9．immigrant n．移民→immigrate v. 移居
Ⅱ.高频短语必背
1．as well 也
2．put out 熄灭；关掉；生产
3．go on (情况、形势)继续下去，持续
4．complain about 抱怨
5．a bit of 一点儿……；有一些……
6．dress up 盛装；打扮
7．frighten sb./sth. away 把……吓走
8．in particular 特别地
9．a variety of 各式各样的；种种
10．be supposed to do sth. 理应/应该做某事
Ⅲ.经典句式必会
1．I met a Mongolian window cleaner called Samantha.
我遇到了一位叫Samantha的蒙古籍窗户清洁工。
[句式分析] called Samantha 为过去分词短语作定语，修饰cleaner。
[尝试仿写] 中国发射了一艘叫神舟八号的飞船。
China launched a spaceship called_Shenzhou_Ⅷ.
2．It was believed that any village that did not give food would have bad luck.
人们认为哪一个村子不献出食物就会有坏运气。
[句式分析] It is/was believed that ...为固定结构，意思是“人们相信……”，it 为形式主语，that 引导主语从句。that did not give food 为定语从句，修饰先行词village。
[尝试仿写] 人们相信全球正在变暖。
It_is_believed_that the whole globe is getting warmer and warmer.
3．It's usually the biggest family gathering for most families, so everyone is supposed to go home to join the celebration.
这是大部分家庭最大的家庭聚会，因此每个人都应该回家去参加庆祝。
[句式分析] be supposed to do sth. “应该做某事”；to join the celebration为不定式短语作目的状语。
[尝试仿写] 你应该相信自己。
You_are_supposed_to_believe in yourself.
Ⅳ.交际用语
M：I have drawn the first lottery (彩票) prize.
W：You are_joking (你在开玩笑吧)!
M：It's true.I made it last Sunday.
W：I can't_believe_it (我不敢相信)．
考点1
as well也，又；还有(用作状语，相当于too 或 also，常位于句末)
教材原句
A few of my good friends came as well.
我的几个朋友也来了。
He speaks English and Spanish as well.
他既能说英语，也能说西班牙语。
[归纳拓展]
as well as (除……之外)也，既……又……
may/might as well 不妨，倒不如，还是……的好
You believe him, as well as me.
你相信他的话，也相信我的话。
Tom as well as Jack blamed me.
不仅杰克，就连汤姆也责怪我。
You may/might as well go to have a look.
你不妨去看一看。
[辨析比较] too, either, also, as well
too
放在句子末尾，通常用逗号隔开
either
在否定句中使用，放在句子末尾，通常用逗号隔开
also
放在系动词be之后，实义动词之前
as well
用在肯定句中，放在句末
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： as well as, as well, also, too, either
①I can see how English is used in everyday life as_well.
②He's worked in Japan as_well_as Italy.
③Li Ming also takes part in the ceremony.
④Lucy doesn't go to the party, either.
⑤He works as a volunteer and I do, too.
2．完成句子
⑥You might_as_well leave at once，for the headmaster prohibited students from coming in.
你最好还是马上离开，因为校长不许学生们进来。
⑦I'm going to London and my sister's as_well.
我要去伦敦，我的妹妹也要去。
3．单项填空
⑧It's not a ________ cold in the room.You might________ take off your coat.
A．bit; well B．bit; as well
C．little; well D．little; as well
解析：not a bit“一点也不”；not a little “非常”；might as well “不妨”。B符合题意。
答案：B
考点2
adopt v．收养；采取，采纳，采用
教材原句
Later, when the Romans invaded Europe，they adopted the Celts' New Year customs and used them in their own festivals. 后来，当罗马人侵略欧洲的时候，他们采用了凯尔特人的新年习俗，并把这些习俗融入他们自己的节日中。
We should adopt the consumers' suggestions.
我们应该采纳用户的建议。
Having no children of their own, they decided to adopt an orphan.
他们因没有亲生儿女，所以决定领养一个孤儿。
[归纳拓展]
(1)adoption n． 采纳；收养
adopted adj. 被收养的
(2)adapt vt. 适应；改编
adapt (oneself) to (doing) sth.
(使自己)适应(做)某事
be adapted from sth. 由……改编
The adopted girl soon adapted to her new family.
这个被收养的女孩很快适应了她的新家庭。
The TV film is adapted from a true story.
这个电视剧是由一个真实故事改编的。
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： adopt, adapt
①The policies can be adapted to suit individual needs and requirements.
②The couple would like to_adopt a baby.
③Children are well adapted to their surroundings.
2．介词填空
④The play is adapted from a novel.
⑤They adopted her as their own daughter.
⑥You'll adapt yourself to your new school life as soon as possible.
3．单项填空
⑦French fashionable dress has been________ by people in many parts of the world.
A．adapted B．adopted
C．advised D．adjusted
解析：句意：法国流行时装(样式)已经被全世界很多地方的人所接受。adopt“采纳，采用”；adapt“适应，改编”；advise“建议”；adjust“调整”。
答案：B
考点3
in particular尤其，特别(相当于particularly)
教材原句
Today, in the USA and the UK in particular, Halloween has become a special occasion for young people.
今天，尤其在美国和英国，万圣节已成为年轻人的一种特殊节日。
The whole meal was good but the wine in particular was excellent.
整顿饭都很好，而葡萄酒尤其好。
[归纳拓展]
be particular about/over ... 对……很挑剔/过于讲究
particularly adv. 特别；尤其
Be particularly careful when driving at night.
晚上开车要特别小心。
The lady is very particular about her clothes.
这位女士对衣服过于讲究。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①她过分讲究穿戴。
She is_particular_about what she wears.
②我喜欢水果，尤其是苹果。
I like fruit and apples in_particular.
2．单项填空
③Is there anything ________ you'd like for dinner?
A．in particular B．in special
C．in especial D．in particularly
解析：句意：晚饭你想吃点什么特别的吗？in particular (＝ especially; particularly)“特别地”，是习惯用语。
答案：A
考点4
mess n．混乱，脏乱 v．弄脏；弄乱
教材
原句
The house was a bit of a mess.
房子有点乱。
Oh, my god! Your room is a real mess!
天啊，你的房间太乱了！
I was used to his messing up the kitchen.
我对他把厨房弄脏的行为已经习惯了。
[归纳拓展]
in a mess 乱成一团；陷入困境
get into a mess 陷入困境
make a mess of 把……弄糟
mess up 搅乱，打乱
The previous chairman left the company in a terrible mess.
前董事长把公司搞得一团糟。
The local economy is now getting into a mess.
当地的经济现在正陷入困境之中。
Who messed up my papers?
谁把我的文件搞得乱七八糟？
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①Everything on his bed is out of order. What_a_mess (多么乱啊)!
②The industry came finally to get_into_a_mess (陷入困境) for lack of money.
③The children_messed_up/made_a_mess_of (打乱) everything in the room.
④Political situations in Middle Eastern Countries now are in_a_mess (乱成一团)．
2．单项填空
⑤You'd better get your room________.It's________.
A．tidy up; in mess B．tidying up; in a mess
C．to tidy up; in mess D．tidied up; in a mess
解析：tidy up “收拾好，整理好”，与room 构成被动关系，故使用过去分词形式。表示“脏乱”用in a mess，mess多与不定冠词(a/an)连用。句意：你的屋子太脏乱了，你最好收拾一下。
答案：D
It's usually the biggest family gathering for most families, so everyone is_supposed_to_go home to join the celebration.
这是大部分家庭最大的家庭聚会，因此每个人都应该回家去参加庆祝。
be supposed to do sth.“应该做某事”
Everyone is supposed to wear a seat-belt in the car.
每个人在汽车里都应该系安全带。
She was not supposed to be angry about that.
她本不该为那件事而生气的。
(1)be supposed to have＋过去分词，表示“本应该做某事而没做”。
You are supposed to have handed in your homework by now.
现在你应该已经把作业交上来了。
(2)suppose/supposing (that) ...倘若/假使……
Suppose you were a millionaire, what would you use your money to do?
假如你是个百万富翁，你会用钱来做什么？
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①Teachers are_supposed_to_treat all the students alike.
老师应该对所有的学生一视同仁。
②He is_supposed_to_have_arrived an hour ago.
他应该一小时前就到了。
③You are_not_supposed_to_smoke on the bus.
你不应该在公共汽车上吸烟。
④Suppose/Supposing_(that) you are wrong, what will you do then?
假使你是错的，你会怎么做呢？
2．句型转换
⑤You should have come here yesterday.
→You are supposed to have come here yesterday.
⑥If he doesn't come, what shall we do?
→Suppose/Supposing he doesn't come, what shall we do?
3．单项填空
⑦You________ the flower, but you didn't.
A．are supposed to water
B．are supposed to have watered
C．were supposed to water
D．suppose to water
解析：由but you didn't可以推断，在这之前你本该浇花的，但却没有浇。指“过去本该做某事而没有做”用be supposed to have done sth.。
答案：B
如何描述事件
1．记叙事件的人称
英语的记叙文一般是以第一或第三人称的角度来叙述的。用第一人称表示的是由叙述者亲眼所见、亲耳所闻的经历。它的优点在于能把故事的情节通过“我”来传达给读者，使人读后感到真实可信，如身临其境。
用第三人称叙述，优点在于叙述者不受活动范围的限制，而是通过作者与读者之外的第三者，直接把故事中的情节展现在读者面前，文章的客观性很强。
2．记叙事件的时态和顺序
讲述已经发生的故事，记叙文的基本时态为一般过去时。
在叙述事情时，我们可以采用顺叙、倒叙、插叙三种叙述方式。
3．记叙事件的过渡
过渡在上下文中起着承上启下、融会贯通的作用。过渡往往用在地点转移或时间、事件转换以及由概括说明到具体叙述。
4．叙述与对话
引用故事情节中主要人物的对话是记叙文提高表现力的一种好方法。适当地用直接引语代替间接的主观叙述，可以客观生动地反映人物的性格、品质和心理状态，使记叙生动、有趣，使文章内容更加充实、具体。
一、常用词汇
1．on a rainy day 在一个下雨的白天
2．after that 打那之后
3．so far 迄今为止
4．go out for a picnic 出去野餐
5．show sb. around 领某人四处参观
6．thanks to 多亏
7．as a result 结果
8．be located in 位于
二、常用句式
1．I was walking along the street when a terrible traffic accident happened.
我正在街上走着，突然一场可怕的交通事故发生了。
2．One day, something unpleasant happened.
一天，发生了令人不愉快的事情。
3．An elderly man was hit by a car while he was crossing the road.
一位老人在过马路时被一辆汽车撞了。
4．The girl was too frightened to move.
那个女孩吓得不敢动了。
5．The accident delayed all the traffic for an hour.
事故使交通延误了一个小时。
6．The big flood, which occurred in Hunan Province, caused great losses.
这场发生在湖南省的特大洪水造成了重大损失。
7．This may be the most unforgettable experience of my life.
这可能是我一生中最难忘的经历。
8．Helping others is the source of happiness.
帮助别人是幸福之源。
[题目要求]
内容概要：上周日举办了毕业十周年庆祝活动，会上邀请了老师，提供了各种食物，玩得很开心。
写作要求：尽量用本单元所学词汇，展开你的想象，将过程描述一下。词数：100左右
参考词汇：boiled sweet dumpling煮了的元宵；
turkey火鸡； snack小吃；
hot pot火锅；fried fish炸鱼；
alcohol酒
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
[三步作文法]
第一步：搜索词汇
1．庆祝活动：celebration 2.毕业：graduation
3．祝贺：congratulation 4.机会：opportunity
5．场合：occasion 6.准时：on_time
7．提供，上(菜)：serve 8.也：as_well
9．混乱：mess
第二步：由词造句
1．上一个星期日我们举办了毕业十周年(anniversary)庆祝活动。
①Last Sunday we held a party.We celebrated our tenth anniversary of graduation.
②Last Sunday we held a party in_celebration_of our tenth anniversary of graduation.
2．我们对参加活动的教师致了欢迎辞。
①Our teachers attended the celebration.We welcomed them warmly.
②We put out our warm welcome mat to our teachers who_attended_the celebration.
3．活动中提供了很多东西，他们是……
①At the celebration there are many things.They are ...
②At the celebration were_served many things. There are ...
第三步：连句成篇
Last Sunday we held a party in celebration of our tenth anniversary of graduation. Before it, we put out our warm welcome mat to our teachers who attended it and they offered their congratulations and thanked us for the opportunity on such a good occasion.Then the party began on time. At it were served boiled sweet dumplings, turkey, snacks, hot pot, breast, fried fish and alcohol as well. Though it was in a mess, we all felt merry.
Ⅰ.完成句子
1．You should come to the party ______________ (准时) in this country.
答案：on time
2．He knows English very well and his grandfather knows English ______________ (也)．
答案：as well
3．If you have any questions, please ______________ (举起) your hands.
答案：put up
4．He ______________ (继续) the business of the bank after his mother died.
答案：carried on
5．I don't think you should ______________ (烧毁) that shed.
答案：burn down
6．I like to ______________ (参加) this kind of after-school activities.
答案：take part in
7．Whether we will go on with the meeting ______________ (根据) the weather.
答案：depends on
8．He said to me，“______________ (祝贺你) on your winning the prize.”
答案：Congratulate you
Ⅱ.句型转换
1．He was reported to have died in Wenchuan earthquake.
→It was reported that he________ ________ ________ Wenchuan earthquake.
答案：had died in
2．That is your brother.He is speaking to the headmaster.
→That is your brother ________ ________ __________ ________ the headmaster.
答案：who is speaking to
3．He can finish the work in a day and I can do it, too.
→He can finish the work in a day and I can do it ______ ________.
答案：as well
4．Congratulations to you on your success.
→Congratulate ________ ________ ________ ________.
答案：you on your success
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．Distance learning is being ________ in several countries to help children in remote rural schools obtain higher education.
A．attended B．adopted
C．adapted D．admitted
解析：本句表示远程教学被采用。attend “出席，参加”；adopt “采用，采纳”；adapt “适用”；admit “承认”。
答案：B
2．As it turned out to be a small house party, we ________ so formally.
A．needn't dress up B．couldn't have dressed up
C．shouldn't dress up D．needn't have dressed up
解析：句意：由于后来知道这是个小型的家庭聚会，因此我们本没必要穿得这么正式。对过去发生的事表示“没必要”需用 needn't have done 结构，故选D。
答案：D
3．Mary is very untidy, and she always leaves her room in a ________.
A．disorder B．mess
C．damage D．trouble
解析：句意：玛丽很不爱整洁，她的房间总是很零乱的。disorder 也表示“杂乱无章”，但要注意在 in disorder 中用零冠词； in trouble 为固定搭配，表示“陷入麻烦中”，不合题意。damage 为不可数名词，也不与 in 连用。
答案：B
4．I wandered along the street thinking of nothing ______， only looking at the people around me.
A．in particular B．in harmony
C．in doubt D．in brief
解析：句意：我在大街上闲逛，没有想什么特别的，只是观看我周围的人们。in particular“特别地”；in harmony“协调，和谐地”；in doubt“怀疑地”；in brief“简言之”。
答案：A
5．It's not a ________ cold in the room.You might ________ take off your coat.
A．bit; well B．bit; as well
C．little; well D．little; as well
解析：句意：房间里一点也不冷，你脱下大衣也无妨。not a bit“一点也不”；not a little“非常”；might as well“……也无妨”。
答案：B
6．The company is famous for the ________ of small cars.
A．action B．question
C．production D．relation
解析：句意：那家公司以生产小汽车闻名。production “生产，制造”，符合题意。
答案：C
7．________ the United States is a power, some weak countries are not afraid of it.
A．While B．When
C．As D．For
解析：考查连词的用法。句意：虽然美国是一个超级大国，但一些弱国却不怕它。while表示“尽管，虽然”，引导让步状语从句。
答案：A
8．Professor White has written some short stories, but he is ________ known for his plays.
A．well B．best
C．better D．good
解析：此题考查修饰known的副词。句意：怀特教授写了几篇短篇小说，但他更著名的还是戏剧。题中为短篇小说和戏剧的比较，应使用well 的比较级better。
答案：C
9．He wants to go outing and my brother wants to________.
A．either B．though
C．as well D．as well as
解析：句子表“我哥哥也想去”之意。as well用于肯定句中，表“也”的意义。否定中常用either, though作副词。
答案：C
10．It is difficult for us to ________ a conversation with all this noise around us.
A．carry on B．account for
C．bring up D．get through
解析：句意：周围噪音这么大，我们很难进行对话。carry on a conversation“进行对话”，符合题意。account for“解释，说明”；bring up“抚养，培养”；get through“通过，完成，接通”。
答案：A
Ⅳ.完形填空
Cheating happens a lot in our city. It can be hard to know who is really in __1__ and who is trying to take advantage of other people's __2__.
Recently, I was finishing my work at home __3__ the dog barked letting me know that __4__ was at the gate. I rushed to see who it was and there I saw a __5__ weak woman in her late fifties.
I said to her, “May I ask what you __6__？”
She __7__， “Hello, my name is Parvathy. My husband and I live in the slum (贫民窟) nearby. We earn our living __8__ working at construction sites. A few days ago my __9__ tripped on the stairs while __10__ a heavy load. He is __11__ hurt and hasn't been able to __12__ for the past five days, so we have no food. Now he is at home in bed with a high fever. Please help me! I need to take my husband to a doctor！”
“Oh！” I said. “Please __13__ here.” I went into the room. I felt really bad about her __14__ but ... Was she telling me the __15__ or trying to cheat me out of my money?
Finally, I __16__ to help her. But first I said a simple prayer, “Dear Lord, you know __17__ I earn my pennies, so please make sure that my hard earned money helps those who __18__ need it. Amen.”
I went out with a fifty note and __19__ it to her. The moment she got the money she broke down in tears. She took my hand and said, “May God bless you, my dear! Thank you so much！”
I was so __20__， and turned back to my work smiling.
语篇解读：利用人们的善良进行诈骗在我所在的城市时有发生。一天，一位老妇人来到我的门前请求帮助，我了解到她的生活状况很糟，虽然不知她是否真的需要帮助还是欺骗我，我最后还是决定帮助她。老妇人感激得流下眼泪。我很受感动，微笑着继续我的工作。
1．A.need B．case
C．use D．control
解析：诈骗时有发生，很难判断谁是真正“处于危难”的人。in need表示“在贫困中；在危难中”。
答案：A
2．A.braveness B．kindness
C．interest D．envy
解析：利用人们的“善良”进行诈骗。kindness“善良”；braveness“勇敢”；interest“利益；兴趣”；envy“嫉妒”。
答案：B
3．A.since B．until
C．when D．after
解析：当狗叫的时候，我就要完成工作了。when“当……的时候”；since“自从”；until“直到……”；after“……之后”。
答案：C
4．A.somebody B．anybody
C．everybody D．nobody
解析：“有人”在门口。somebody“有人；某人”；anybody“任何人”；everybody“每个人”；nobody“没有人”。
答案：A
5．A.popular B．proud
C．poor D．busy
解析：我看到一个“贫穷”且柔弱的老妇人。popular“流行的”；proud“骄傲的”；poor“贫穷的”；busy“忙碌的”。
答案：C
6．A.want B．notice
C．enjoy D．recognise
解析：请问你“需要”什么？want“要；想要”；notice“注意”；enjoy“喜欢”；recognise“认出；意识到”。
答案：A
7．A.refused B．expressed
C．showed D．replied
解析：她对我的问题的“回答”。refuse“拒绝”；express“表达”；show“出示”；reply“回答”。
答案：D
8．A.by B．to
C．in D．for
解析：我们靠在建筑工地工作为生。by＋-ing形式表示方式、方法或手段。
答案：A
9．A.son B．father
C．brother D．husband
解析：通过上文叙述可知，是“我”的“丈夫”在“搬运”沉重的货物时摔倒了。
答案：D
10．A.gathering B．dropping
C．carrying D．choosing
解析：参见上题解析。gather“聚集”；drop“滴落”；carry“搬运”；choose“选择”。
答案：C
11．A.hardly B．badly
C．probably D．actually
解析：他伤得很“严重”。hardly“几乎不”；badly“严重地”；probably“可能地”；actually“实际上”。
答案：B
12．A.work B．drive
C．remove D．operate
解析：他已经五天没有工作了。work“工作”；drive“开车”；remove“消除”；operate“操作”。
答案：A
13．A.stop B．rest
C．come D．wait
解析：请在这儿“等”一下。stop“停下”；rest“休息”；come“来”；wait“等候”。
答案：D
14．A.solution B．situation
C．action D．position
解析：“我”感觉到他的“处境”真的很糟糕。solution“解决方法”；situation“处境；状况”；action“动作”；position“位置”。
答案：B
15．A.hope B．news
C．truth D．result
解析：她说的是“事实”，还是要骗我的钱？hope“希望”；news“消息”；truth“事实”；result“结果”。
答案：C
16．A.decided B．agreed
C．tried D．expected
解析：虽然我不确定她是否真的需要帮助，我最后还是“决定”帮助她。decide“决定”；agree“同意”；try“试图”；expect“期望”。
答案：A
17．A.when B．whether
C．how D．what
解析：您知道我是“如何”挣钱的。how“如何；怎样”。
答案：C
18．A.only B．naturally
C．really D．formally
解析：请确保我努力挣得的钱是帮助“真正”需要帮助的人。only“仅仅”；naturally“自然地”；really“真正地”；formally“正式地”。
答案：C
19．A.handed B．put
C．reminded D．ordered
解析：我拿着一张五十的钞票出去“递给”了她。hand“给；传”；put“放置”；remind“提醒”；order“命令”。
答案：A
20．A.worried B．moved
C．tired D．frightened
解析：我很受“感动”，微笑着继续我的工作。worried“担心的”；moved“感动的”；tired“劳累的”；frightened“害怕的”。
答案：B
Ⅴ.阅读理解
It seems that Brazilians (巴西人) are always ready to party.Well, they've got a good reason to party now: Rio de Janeiro (里约·热内卢), the largest city, got the 2016 Olympics on October 2.This is the first time in the 120-year history of the modern Olympics that they will be held in South America.It seems the five Olympic rings make more sense (更有意义) now that they've included another continent. And, just as Beijing got the world's attention after receiving the 2008 Olympic nod (同意) in 2001, Rio de Janeiro's win has attracted the attention to Brazil.
Football
The colours of green and yellow might make most people think of Brazil's football team rather than the national flag.But football in Brazil is more than sport, it's a way of life.The World Cup brings Brazilians together.Interestingly, the general elections (大选) in Brazil are usually held in the same year as the World Cup.Political parties (政党) try to take advantage of the patriotic enthusiasm (爱国热情) brought by football and bring it into politics.
Carnival (狂欢)
“Live Your Passion” was the Rio team's slogan (口号)．The carnival is one of the most powerful images of Brazilian enthusiasm.It's held every year across the country, with street parades (游行) and exciting music.The parade in Rio is one of the world's biggest carnivals.Every February, tens of thousands of people go there for the event.
The economy
The Rio bid (申办) team set up a $14.4 billion (98 billion yuan) budget for the games － the largest of this year's bidding cities.What stands behind the big budget is Brazil's stronger economy.Brazil's is the largest national economy in Latin America, and has experienced a giant leap (飞跃) in the past few years.
1．From the second paragraph we know that________.
A．football plays an important role in Brazilians' life
B．football has little to do with politics in Brazil
C．football in Brazil is as popular as other sports
D．Brazil has never been beaten at football so far
解析：细节理解题。从第二段尤其是第二段的第二句话可看出，巴西人酷爱足球，他们的生活离不开足球。
答案：A
2．According to the passage, which is TRUE in the following statements?
A．The modern Olympics was held in South America 120 years ago.
B．Political parties sometimes bring the World Cup into politics.
C．The theme (主题) of the 2016 Rio Olympic Games will be “Live Your Passion”．
D．The mascot (吉祥物) of the 2016 Rio Olympic Games is a football.
解析：细节理解题。由文章可知，A、B项本身错误；D项中，吉祥物还未确定；由第三段第一句可以推出C项正确。
答案：C
3．We can infer from the passage that________.
A．It was in 2001 that Beijing won the Olympic bid
B．The Rio's budget for the games is the largest of this year's bidding cities
C．On seeing the colours of green and yellow, most people will think of Brazil's national flag
D．The general elections in Brazil are held every four years
解析：推理判断题。由第二段“Interestingly, the general elections in Brazil are usually held in the same year as the World Cup.”得知D项正确。A、B两项从文章中可明显得出，不是推出的结论；由第二段第一句话可知C项本身错误。
答案：D
4．What's the best title of this passage?
A．Introduction about Rio
B．Rio Got the 2016 Olympics
C．Rio Developed Fast Recently
D．Live Your Passion
解析：主旨大意题。A项题目过大，不太具体；C项偏离主题；D项仅仅是其中一部分，仅涉及到奥运口号或主题。由每段第一句可知，答案应选B项。
答案：B
牛哥@的小弟%上传
21！世纪*教育#网……版权+|有所
Ⅰ.重点单词必记
A．根据英文释义及词性写出单词
1．link v． form a connection
2．smartly adv. brightly or cleverly
3．retire vi. give up one's regular work because of work
4．contribute v. give one's share to help a joint cause
5．apply vt. make a formal request, usually in writing,
for sth. such as a job, a place, etc.
B．根据首字母或汉语提示写出单词
6．The ambassador got a warm reception (接待) from the president.
7．The audience were mainly teenagers (青少年)．
8．I receive a monthly salary of 2,000 yuan.
9．You got the job? Congratulations!
10．Where is the entrance to the park, please?
11．Receiving the invitation,_I attended their wedding ceremony/celebration. The bride is a beautiful lady while the bridegroom is a handsome man. I wished them a happy marriage.
Ⅱ.高频短语必背
1．apply for 请求，申请
2．on time 准时
3．congratulate sb. on sth. 向某人祝贺某事
4．a bunch of 一串/束
5．retire from 从……退休
6．depend on 依靠，依据
7．go through 穿过；浏览
8．go with 与……一起；与……相配
Ⅲ.经典句式必会
1．My father made a really funny speech about life starting at sixty-five, and he thanked everyone for bringing him a present.
我父亲做了一场关于“生活从65岁起步”的十分有趣的演讲，并对送他礼物的每个人都表示了感谢。
[句式分析] life starting为动名词复合结构作介词about的宾语，life为逻辑主语。
[尝试仿写] 我不在乎你与他交朋友。
I don't care about your_making_friends_with_him.
2．Don't worry if you can't understand everything.
如果你无法全部听懂，也不要担心。
[句式分析] not ... everything是部分否定，表示“并不都……”。
[尝试仿写] 不是老师说的一切都需要记下来。
Everything_the_teacher_said didn't need to be put down.
3．After the ceremony，the guests can attend a wedding reception, which is usually a huge party and can last through the night.
婚礼结束后，客人都可以参加婚宴。婚宴的规模通常很大，持续通宵。
[句式分析] 本句为复合句，which引导的是非限制性定语从句，修饰先行词reception。
[尝试仿写] 你可以参加“英语角”，这个英语角是专门为练英语口语而设的。
You can attend the English corner, which_is_intended_for_spoken_English.
4．Listen more than once, if possible.
如果有可能，就多听一次。
[句式分析] if possible是if it is possible的省略形式。
[尝试仿写] 如果可能，我去机场接你。
If_possible,_I'll go to pick you up at the station.
Ⅴ.交际用语必备
1．－There will be a concert tomorrow.
－That's_really_good_news (真是好消息)!
2．－Must_I_finish_my_work (我必须完成工作吗) if I want to go?
－No, you_don't_have_to (没有必要), but you should_do_it_carefully (应该认真做)．
1．Can you name the three festivals according to the following pictures?
________________________________________________________________________
2．Which do you think is the most important?
________________________________________________________________________
参考答案：1.Picture One is about the Spring Festival.
Picture Two is about Christmas.
Picture Three is about the Mid-Autumn Festival.
2．In my opinion, the Spring Festival is the most important.
Choose the best answer according to the text.
1．According to the passage, you can find the following information on the invitation to a wedding EXCEPT________.
A．the date
B．the names of the bride and bridegroom
C．special dishes to be served
D．the reception
2．If a friend gets an invitation to a wedding, you________ with him.
A．can go to the ceremony without permission
B．can attend the reception after the ceremony
C．ought not to go to the reception
D．ought to go to their home after the ceremony
3．Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?
A．Indonesian women used to cover their heads in public.
B．You ought not to put money into the box at the entrance to the reception.
C．At most wedding receptions you can drink anything as you like such as alcohol, wine, beer, soft drinks and so on.
D．As a guest, it's necessary for you to contribute a large sum of money to the bride and bridegroom.
4．As a foreigner, if you want to attend a Greek wedding, which proverb can be advice for you to follow?
A．Practice makes perfect.
B．Silence is gold.
C．It's never too late to learn.
D．When in Rome, do as the Romans do.
5．What is NOT necessary for a Greek wedding?
A．Crowns made of flowers.
B．A silk ribbon.
C．A box for money.
D．Foods and drinks.
答案：1.C 2.B 3.A 4.D 5.C
Read the text carefully and then fill in the chart with the information in the text.
Countries
Indonesia
________
Before the ceremony
The times of the wedding ceremony and the reception are both on the __________
The bridegroom has to ask the bride's father for his daughter's hand in marriage.
During the ceremony
★Since the ceremony is only for close _____， it is unwise to attend it without ________first.
★At most wedding receptions you can't drink ________．
★The best man _____the couple to the church and helps put crowns made of flowers on the couple's heads with a long silk ribbon _______
the crowns, which ________ for a long and happy life.
After the ceremony
It is a tradition to
________money into a box at the entrance to the reception but you don't have to contribute a lot.
★The wedding reception lasts through the night, where people eat, drink and ________， and guests can throw dishes on the floor and put money on the bride's wedding dress for good luck.
答案：invitation amilypermissionalcoholputGreeceaccompanieslinking
standsdance
考点1
apply vt. & vi. 申请；应用
[归纳拓展]
(1) apply to (doing) sth. 适用于(做)某事
apply ... to (doing) sth. 把……应用于(做)
某事
apply oneself to (doing) sth. 致力于，专心于(做)
某事
apply (to sb.) for sth. (向某人)申请某物
(2) application n. 应用；申请；申请表
applicant n. 申请人
You may apply for tickets in person or by letter.
需票者可亲自来申请亦可来信索取。
The new technology has been applied to farming.
这项新技术已应用于农业。
He applied himself to learning French.
他致力于学习法语。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①我们应该把理论应用于实践。
We should apply_a_theory_to practice.
②他们向委员会申请加薪。
They applied_to the committee for a pay rise.
③这些规章制度已经不适应现在的新形势。
The rules_haven't_applied_to new situations now.
2．单项填空
④Now a lot of new technology can ________ problems in industry.
A．be applied to solve B．be applied to solving
C．apply to solve D．apply to solving
解析：apply ...to ...“把……应用到……上”，其中to为介词，故不选A；句子主语new technology与动词apply之间为被动关系，故不选C、D。
答案：B
考点2
depend on根据，依据；依靠；信赖
Whether we'll go camping or not depends on the weather.
我们是否去野营要视天气情况而定。
Many young men don't want to depend on their parents.
许多年轻人不想依赖父母。
[归纳拓展]
That/It (all) depends. 视情况而定
depend on sb.to do sth. 依靠/指望某人做某事
depend on sb.for sth. 靠某人供给某物
depend on it that ... 相信……
— Are you going to visit him?
你要去看他吗？
— Well, that depends.
哦，这要看情况。
He is so selfish that you can't depend on him to help you.
他很自私，别指望他能帮助你。
We depend on the newspaper for daily news.
我们靠报纸得到每天的消息。
You may depend on it that I shall always support you.
你要相信我会永远支持你。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①他不能工作，因此得依赖家里。
He could not work and so he had to depend_on_his_family.
②你不能指望别人来帮助你。
You can't depend_on_others_to_help you.
③“你要待多久？”“我不知道。看情况而定。”
— How long will you be staying?
— I don't know. That/It_depends.
④他们为自由和解放而斗争并最终赢得了独立。
They fought for freedom and liberation and finally won_their_independence.
2．单项填空
⑤You may ________ it that he will turn up in time.
A．decide on B．depend on
C．answer for D．see to
解析：考查动词短语用法。句意：你可以相信他会准时到来。decide on“决定……”和answer for“对……负责”都不用于此句型。see to it that ...“确保/务必……”；depend on it that ...“相信……”。
答案：B
考点3
on time 准时
教材
原句
You should be on time!
你应该准时来！
With you to help us, we are sure to finish the work on time.
有你来帮忙，我们肯定会按时完成工作的。
Tell him that he must be at the meeting on time.
请告诉他，他务必按时到会。
[归纳拓展]
ahead of time 提前
behind time 晚点
all the time 一直
at times 有时
at one time 过去，曾经
in time 及时；最后，早晚
from time to time 不时地
at a time 一次
at no time 从未，决不
He arrived ahead of time, and had to wait.
他提前到了，只有等一等。
The plane took off an hour behind time.
飞机晚点一小时起飞。
I have been busy all the time.
我一直很忙。
At no time did I give my consent to the plan.
我从未同意过这项计划。
[关键一点]
at no time放在句首时，句子要用部分倒装结构。
[多角度演练]
1．用time的相关短语填空
①I have been busy all_the_time.
②You will feel better_in_time.
③Do one thing at_a_time,_and do it well.
④In_no_time will Ned finish writing the book.
⑤All the students are requested to arrive there on_time.
2．单项填空
⑥His mind wanders________.
A．in time B．at one time
C．at times D．on time
解析：句意：他有时候心不在焉。at times表示“有时”。
答案：C
考点4
congratulation n．祝贺；贺词
—I've just passed my driving test!
我刚刚通过驾驶执照考试！
—Congratulations!
祝贺你！
[归纳拓展]
(1)offer/send sb. congratulations on sth.
＝ offer/send one's congratulations to sb.on sth.
向某人祝贺某事
(2)congratulate v. 祝贺
congratulate sb.on (doing) sth.
就(做)某事向某人祝贺
I send you my warmest congratulations on your success.
我对你的成功致以最热烈的祝贺。
She congratulated me warmly on my good exam results.
她热烈祝贺我考试取得好成绩。
[关键一点]
congratulation的使用场合：
(1)只以言语表达贺意，并非以行动(如送礼物、举行宴会)来表示。
(2)对方的成功必须是经过努力获得的。
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： congratulate, celebrate
①We want to congratulate you on winning the prize.
②How do you celebrate Christmas?
2．一句多译
我们给他写了一封信祝贺他的成功。
③We_wrote_a_letter_to_congratulate_him_on_his_success.
④We_wrote_a_letter_to_him,_congratulating_him_on_his_success.
⑤We_wrote_him_a_letter_to_offer_our_congratulations_to_him_on_his_success.
3．单项填空
⑥—I am happy that I have passed the examination.
—________！
A．Well done B．Congratulations
C．Cheer up D．Go ahead
解析：考查交际用语。句意：“很高兴，我已通过了考试。”“祝贺你。”congratulation意为“祝贺；(复数)贺词”，符合句意。well done “做得不错”；cheer up “振作起来”；go ahead “开始；干吧”。
答案：B
考点5
attend vt.出席，参加；照顾；护理 vi. 注意；专心
教材原句
Everyone can attend the reception afterwards.
人人都可参加典礼后的婚宴。
Many people attended his funeral that day.
那天很多人参加了他的葬礼。
When he stayed in hospital, the nurses attended him very carefully.
当他住院时，护士给了他精心的护理。
He didn't attend during the class.
上课他没有认真听讲。
[归纳拓展]
attend on/upon 服侍，照料；陪同，随从
attend to 注意；关心；照顾；护理；办理
attend school/church/wedding/lecture
上学/上教堂/出席婚礼/听演讲
Nobody attends to you constantly like your wife.
没有人像你妻子那样不断地关心你。
[辨析比较] attend, join, join in, take part in
attend
表示出席或参加会议、仪式、典礼；也可表示上课、上学、听报告等
join
表示加入某一组织，并成为其中的一员，如：加入党派、组织、社团、俱乐部等。其宾语也可以是人
join in
表示参加正在进行的活动，也可用于join sb. in (doing) sth.表示加入某人一起做某事
take part in
表示参加活动，侧重说明主语参加并发挥一定的作用，part前若有修饰语，要用不定冠词
[多角度演练]
1．选词填空： attend, join, join in, take part in
①You'd better take_part_in more after-class activities.
②He attended my friend's wedding yesterday.
③Will you join us in the game?
④We danced and danced until a lot of them joined_in.
2．完成句子
⑤I attended_a_meeting and made an important speech at the meeting.
我参加了一个会议，并且在会议上作了一个重要报告。
⑥Because of his illness, he has stayed in bed for one year, but his mother has_been_attending_to him carefully.
他卧病在床已有一年，但他妈妈一直在精心照顾他。
3．单项填空
⑦We'll go out for a walk after supper.Will you ________ us?
A．join B．join in
C．take part D．take part in
解析：句意：晚饭后，我们要出去走一走，和我们一起去吗？join sb.(in doing sth.)“和某人一起(做某事)”，故选A项。
答案：A
考点6
contribute vt. & vi. 捐献；贡献；投稿；有助于，导致
教材
原句
But don't worry, you don't have to contribute a lot of money.
但不必担心，你不必放很多钱。
He contributed half of his savings to the Red Cross.
他将积蓄的一半捐献给了红十字会。
She contributed a number of articles to the magazine.
她给这家杂志撰写了许多稿件。
His visit contributed to a better understanding between the two countries.
他的来访增进了两国间更好的理解。
Drunk-driving contributed to her death.
酒驾是她死亡的原因。
Chen Guangbiao, a Chinese businessman in Jiangsu Province, made a contribution of 1,000,000 to the earthquake-struck Chile.
陈光标，一位来自中国江苏的商人，向遭受地震灾害的智利灾区捐献了一百万人民币。
[自主归纳]
①contribute sth. to 向……捐献/捐赠/捐助；向……撰稿
②contribute to 增加，增进；是……的原因，导致
③make a contribution to 为……作贡献
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①Does smoking contribute_to lung cancer?
吸烟会导致肺癌吗？
②Honesty and hard work contribute_to_success_and_happiness.
诚实加苦干有助于成功和幸福。
③She has_contributed_several_poems_to literary magazines.
她给文学刊物投了几首诗稿。
2. 句型转换
④Less exercise leads to his bad health.
→Less exercise contributes to his bad health.
⑤He donated a lot to the disaster-hit area.
→He contributed a lot to the disaster-hit area.
⑥The doctor contributes a lot to the public health.
→The doctor makes a great contribution to the public.
3．单项填空
⑦Eating too much fat can ________ heart trouble and cause high blood pressure.
A．result from B．attend to
C．contribute to D．devote to
解析：句意：摄入太多的脂肪会导致心脏问题和高血压。result from“起因于”； attend to“照料”； contribute to“促成，导致”； devote to“奉献”。根据句意，选项C符合题意。
答案：C
1．My father made a really funny speech about life_starting_at_sixty-five,_and he thanked everyone for bringing him a present.
我父亲做了一场关于“生活从65岁起步”的十分有趣的演讲，并对送他礼物的每个人都表示了感谢。
(1) life starting是动名词复合结构作介词about的宾语，life是其逻辑主语。
(2)动名词的复合结构，即：“物主代词或名词所有格＋动词-ing形式”，其中代词或名词与动名词之间有逻辑上的主谓关系。动名词复合结构在句中作主语或宾语等。在现代英语，特别在口语中，复合结构作宾语时名词所有格常用普通格，物主代词也常用宾格代词代替(在句中作主语时除外)。
John's taking part in the party made us all happy.
约翰来参加晚会使我们大家都很高兴。
Can you imagine a woman's being an astronaut?
你能想象一个女性作为宇航员吗？
I still remember my/me being taken to Beijing for the first time.
我仍然记得第一次被带到北京的情况。
[多角度演练]
1．用动名词的复合结构完成句子
①学生学好了英语对学习法语有帮助。
The_students'_knowing_English_well will help them to learn French.
②我记得汤姆去过那里。
I remember Tom's/Tom_going_there.
2．单句改错
③He came late because of there was no bus.
答案：去掉of或将was→being
④Tom being absent made her angry.
答案：Tom→Tom's
3．单项填空
⑤At the beginning of class, the noise of desks ________ could be heard outside the classroom.
A．opened and closed B．to be opened and closed
C．being opened and closed D．to open and close
解析：句意：刚开始上课的时候，开关书桌的声音在教室外都能听到。根据句子结构，介词of后面接动词作宾语时，必须用v.-ing形式。四个选项中，只有C答案为v.-ing形式，故选C。
答案：C
2．Don't worry if you can't understand everything.
如果你无法全部听懂，也不要担心。
not ...everything是部分否定，表示“并不都……”。
(1)部分否定：both, all, every及其相关合成词用于否定句时，通常表示部分否定。
all ...not ... ＝ not all ... 并非所有的……都……
both ...not ... ＝ not both ...
并非两个……都……
every ...not ... ＝ not every ...
并非每一个……都……
Not all body languages mean the same thing in different countries.
并非所有的身势语在不同的国家都具有相同的意思。
Not every student can understand him.
并非每一位同学都能理解他的意思。
(2)完全否定：若表示完全否定，可借助于none, no one, nobody, nothing, neither等。
None of the students can understand him.
没有一个学生能理解他的意思。
[多角度演练]
1．将下列句子改为全部否定句
①Both of them lived in London.
→Neither_of_them_lived_in_London.
②Everything here doesn't go well.
→Nothing_here_goes_well.
2．完成句子
③Not_all that glitters is gold.
闪光的东西不一定都是金子。
④Not_everyone_is honest.
并不是每个人都诚实。
3．单项填空
⑤—Which of the two computer games did you prefer?
—Actually I didn't like ________.
A．both of them B．either of them
C．none of them D．neither of them
解析：句意：“这两款计算机游戏你更喜欢哪一个？”“实际上两个游戏我都不喜欢。”either与not连用，表示“两者都不”，相当于neither; both与not连用表示部分否定，意为“并不是两个都喜欢”。none表示三者或三者以上的全部否定。
答案：B
3．After the ceremony, the guests can attend a wedding reception, which_is_usually_a_huge_party_and_can_last_through_the_night.
婚礼结束后，客人可以参加婚宴。婚宴的规模通常很大，持续通宵。
(1)本句中which引导非限制性定语从句，在从句中作主语，先行词为reception。
(2)非限制性定语从句：
非限制性定语从句只是对先行词的附加说明，与先行词之间一般用逗号隔开；如果去掉从句，意义仍然完整。非限制性定语从句的先行词可以是单个的名词或代词，也可以是句子的一部分或整个句子。
Mr.Zhang, who came to see me yesterday, is an old friend of mine.
张先生是我的一位朋友，他昨天来看我了。
He didn't pass the final exam, which we hadn't expected.
他没有通过期末考试，这一点我们没有预料到。
As is known to us all, the whole globe is getting warmer.
如我们大家所知，全球正在变暖。
[多角度演练]
1．完成句子
①这幢房子很漂亮，我们上个月买的。
The house, which_we_bought_last_month,_is very nice.
②比尔·格林上周出国了，他曾经是我最好的朋友。
Bill Green, who_was_my_best_friend,_went abroad last week.
③当我们到达那里时，她已经走了，这使我们很扫兴。
She had left when we got there, which_made_us_very_disappointed.
2．单项填空
④His movie won several awards at the film festival, ________ was beyond his wildest dream.
A．which B．that
C．where D．it
解析：which引导非限制性定语从句，指代整个主句的内容。
答案：A
have to/not have to, can/can't, ought to/ought not to
①The bridegroom has to ask the bride's father for his daughter's hand in marriage.
②You don't have to contribute a lot of money.
③And what kind of present do I have to take?
④ That can't be Mary — she's in hospital.
⑤There is someone outside — who can it be?
⑥Can you speak Spanish?
⑦If you really want to see it, you ought to ask first.
⑧However, you ought not to go to the ceremony.
[我的发现]
(1)句①中have to强调客观上的必要性，常译为“不得不”。
(2)在②、③中have to的否定和疑问形式为都需要借助于助动词do/does/did，而且有数和时态的变化。
(3)④、⑤句can表示推测；⑥中can表示一般性的能力。
(4)ought to在句⑦中表示说话者认为“应该做”；在句⑧表示说话者根据一定的依据进行推测，常译为“按道理说应该”。
一、have to/not have to, must
1．have to 的意思接近must，但must 更强调说话者的主观意愿，have to 强调客观上的必要性，常译为“不得不”。英式英语中常用have got to 代替have to。
The little boy has (got) to do lots of housework, for his parents have been suffering from illness.
那个小男孩不得不做很多家务活，因为他父母一直在生病。
2．must
(1)情态动词must表示出于职责、义务该做某事，也表示出于主观意识而必须要做某事。其否定式must not表示“不许、不准、禁止”。
You must hurry up or you'll be late.
你必须快点儿，不然会迟到的。
You mustn't lend it to others.
你不准把它借给别人。
(2)must开头的问句，肯定回答用must，否定回答用needn't/don't have to，表示“不必”；may开头的问句，肯定回答用may，否定回答用mustn't表示“不可以”； need开头的问句，肯定回答用must，否定回答用needn't或don't have to。
— Must I be home before eight o'clock?
八点钟前我必须到家吗？
— Yes, you must./No, you needn't.
是的，你必须。/不，你不必。
①— May I use your computer??
我可以用你的电脑吗？?
— Yes, you may./No, you mustn?t
是的，你可以用。/不，你不能用。?
②—Must I go with them??
我必须跟他们走吗？?
—Yes, you must.
No, you needn?t/don?t have to.?
是的，必须。/不，不必。?
③— Need I go to see the doctor??
我用去看医生吗？?
— Yes, you must./No, you needn?t.?
是的，你必须去。/不，你不必。?
④You don?t have to know the name of the author to find a book, but you must know the name of the book.?
作者的名字你不必知道，但书的名字你必须知道。
二、can/can't
1．表示“能力”，此时表示一般性的能力或即将能做某事。
He is so tall that he can touch the ceiling.
他那么高，能碰到天花板。
2．表示“可以做”，此时表示客观条件允许做某事。
Can you come tomorrow?
明天你能来吗？
3．表示“有时会”，此时表示不经常发生、偶尔发生的情况。
Scotland can be very cold.
苏格兰有时会很冷。
4．表示“可能”，此时表示推测，往往用于否定句或疑问句。
What can she mean by saying that?
她那么说可能是什么意思呢？
5．表示“惊讶”，常用于疑问句、否定句。
How can you believe in such a person?
你怎么会信任这样一个人？
6．be able to和 can的区别
be able to do sth.表示能力，可用于不同的时态，前面还可以用情态动词 must, may, might 以及 seem to, used to, appear to 等，而 can/could 只用于一般现在时和一般过去时。
He was able to(＝ could) play the piano at the age of 5.
他五岁时就会弹钢琴。
After three years of hard work, he was able to pass the entrance examination.
经过三年努力学习，他能够通过入学考试。
(句中 was able to 相当于 managed to 或 succeeded in)
①He couldn?t/can?t have finished the task.?
他不可能完成这项工作。?
②How can that be true? I can?t believe my eyes and ears.?
那怎么可能是真的？我真不敢相信自己的眼睛和耳朵。?
③He was so drunk that he was not able to find the door.?
他喝得如此烂醉，以至于找不到门。?
④-Could I use your cellphone??
我用一下你的手机好吗？?
-Yes, you can.?
好，用吧。?
⑤I don?t know who it can be, but I really know that can?t be Mary — she is in hospital.?我不知道那可能是谁，但我确实知道，那不可能是玛丽——她正在住院。
三、ought to/ought not to
1．ought to表示说话者认为“应该做”，或根据一定的依据进行推测，常译为“按道理说应该”。
You ought to visit your grandparents this weekend.
这周末你应当去看望你祖父母。
You ought not to have told the secret to others.
你不应该把这个秘密告诉别人。
2．ought to的否定式、疑问式及反意疑问句。
You ought not to eat a lot before swimming.
游泳前你不应该吃很多东西。
He ought to apologize to you, oughtn't he?
他该给你道歉，对吗？
3．needn't表示某一动作不必要做，而ought not to表示某一动作是错误的，与shouldn't类似，但语气更强。
You needn't go to meet him.
你不必去见他。
[点津] ought to表示“应该”，较为正式。我们平时多用should，有时也用be supposed to表示“应该”。
3－1.完成句子
①She ought_to_pass her chemistry final exam.
她应该能通过化学期末考试。
②You ought_not_to_have_let_out the news.
你不该泄露(let out)这个消息。
③We oughtn't to go, ought_we?
我们不应该走，是吗？
④— Must I go to meet him at the station now?
— No, you needn't.The train he takes will arrive in an hour.
“我现在就去车站接他吗？”“不，不必。他乘坐的火车一小时以后才能到达。”
3－2.句型转换
①You ought to help her out when he is in trouble.
→You should help her out when he is in trouble.
②You are supposed to respect the old people.
→You ought to respect the old people.
③You don't have to stay here waiting for her.
→You needn't stay here waiting for her.
一、感悟高考
1．(2012·陕西高考)I ________ thank you too much for all your help to my son while we were away from home.
A．won't B．can't
C．can D．will
解析：考查情态动词的用法。句意：当我们不在家时，你对我儿子的帮助，我对你怎样感谢也不过分。can't ... too much 表示“怎样……也不过分”。
答案：B
2．(2012·全国卷Ⅱ)I'm going to Europe on vacation together with John if I ________ find the money.
A．can B．might
C．would D．need
解析：考查情态动词。句意：如果我能弄到钱，我就和John一起去欧洲度假。结合前后部分的内容可知，此处表示的是能力。故用can“能，会”。
答案：A
3．(2011·全国卷Ⅱ)If you ______smoke, please go outside.
A．can B．should
C．must D．may
解析：考查情态动词。句意：如果你非要吸烟，请到外面。此处 must 表示“偏要，非要”。
答案：C
4．(2011·福建高考)—Shall I inform him of the change of the schedule right now?
—I am afraid you ______， in case he comes late for the meeting.
A．will B．must
C．may D．can
解析：考查情态动词。依据 in case he comes late for the meeting 可知，这里用 must 表示“必须”，强调提醒时间安排的变化的“必要性”。
答案：B
5．(2011·湖南高考)You ________ buy a gift, but you can if you want to.
A．must B．mustn't
C．have to D．don't have to
解析：考查情态动词。根据but后面的叙述可知D项正确。don't have to 意为“不必”，符合语意。
答案：D
6．(2011·浙江高考)—How's your new babysitter?
—We________ ask for a better one. All our kids love her so much.
A．should B．might
C．mustn't D．couldn't
解析：考查情态动词。根据语意“——你们的新保姆怎么样？——我们不能再要求更好的了，孩子们都很喜欢她。”可知，couldn't 表示“不可能”，符合语意。should表示“应该，应当”；might表示“可能”；mustn't表示“禁止，不允许”。
答案：D
7．(2011·全国卷Ⅰ)They ________ have arrived at lunchtime but their flight was delayed.
A．will B．can
C．must D．should
解析： 考查情态动词。 句意： 他们本应该在午饭时间到达， 但是他们的航班推迟了。 should have done 表示“本应该做某事(实际却未做)”， 符合句意。
答案：D
二、冲关演练
1．I told your friend how to get to the hotel, but perhaps I ________ have driven her there.
A．could B．must
C．might D．ought to
解析：句意：我告诉你的朋友如何到达宾馆了，但也许我本应该开车送她去那里。ought to/should have done表示过去本应该做某事但事实上没有做。
答案：D
2．In crowded places like airports and railway stations, you ________ take care of your luggage.
A．can B．may
C．must D．will
解析：句意：在飞机场以及火车站这类拥挤的地方，你必须照看好自己的行李。must“必须”。
答案：C
3．－Could I have a word with you, Mum?
－Oh, dear, if you________.
A．ought to B．must
C．may D．should
解析：must在此处表示“必须，一定”，答句的意思是“假如一定要和我谈的话(就谈吧)”。
答案：B
4．Cable television is very popular nowadays because it ________ provide more programmes.
A．can B．need
C．must D．should
解析：句意：如今有线电视很受欢迎，因为它能提供更多的节目。can可表示能力，意为“能够”，符合题意。need意为“需要”； must意为“必须；应该”； should可表示劝告或建议，也可以表示推测。
答案：A
5．Peter ________ be really difficult at times even though he's a nice person in general.
A．shall B．should
C．can D．must
解析：句意：尽管彼得总的来说是一个好人，但是有时也会很难缠。can表示推测且用于肯定句时，意为“有时可能”，符合题意。shall“将，会”； should“应该”； must“必须”，均与题意不符。
答案：C
6．You ________ be hungry already — you had lunch only two hours ago!
A．wouldn't B．can't
C．mustn't D．needn't
解析：句意：你不可能饿了，两个小时前你刚吃的午餐。can't表示推测，意为“不可能”。wouldn't表示过去； mustn't表示“禁止，不许”； needn't表示“不必”。故选B项。
答案：B
7．－Sorry to trouble you, but ________ I ask a personal question?
－No problem.
A．must B．ought
C．could D．should
解析：问句意为：很抱歉打扰你，我可以问一个私人问题吗？could在此表示委婉客气的说法，不是can的过去式。
答案：C
8．He ________ have been more careful.
A．ought to B．was able to
C．couldn't D．oughtn't to
解析：句意：他本该更小心些。ought to have done表示过去本该做某事，但实际并没有做。
答案：A
9．You ________ at him yesterday.
A．oughtn't to have laughed B．needn't laugh
C．don't ought to laugh D．need to laugh
解析：句意：昨天你本不该嘲笑他。C项结构不对，而B项意为“不需要”，D项意为“不必”，故A项正确。
答案：A
10．My parents never remember my telephone number, and they always ________ look it up.
A．must B．can
C．should D．have to
解析：句意：我父母从来记不住我的电话号码，他们总是不得不查找它。have to“不得不，必须”，强调客观需要。must强调主观因素，意为“必须”。B、C项不符合题意。
答案：D
Ⅰ.单词拼写
1．That was the o________ for expressions of friendship by the two presidents.
答案：opportunity
2．So many rich people choose to c________ money to charity at Christmas.
答案：contribute
3．The c________ on his head shows that he is the king of the island country.
答案：crown
4．A wise person can a________ what he has learned to his/her daily life.
答案：apply
5．Because he had drunk a________ at dinner, he asked me to drive the car.
答案：alcohol
6．He called one of his friends to offer his warmest ______ (祝贺) on their success.
答案：congratulations
7．To my surprise, Mr. Smith didn't accept my ________ (邀请) to dinner.
答案：invitation
8．Headmaster made a speech at the welcoming ________ (仪式) for the new teachers.
答案：ceremony
9．The singer is singing on the stage with a ________ (束) of flowers in her hand.
答案：bunch
10．All visitors are required to show their tickets at the ________ (入口) to the museum.
答案：entrance
Ⅱ.选词填空
1．He will make the same mistakes again, ______________ they all have been pointed out.
答案：even if/though
2．I can't ____________ the book in one day.
答案：go through
3．A subway line will ________ the airport ____________ the city center.
答案：link; to/with
4．The company is near to his home, so he wants to ________________ the position.
答案：apply for
5．Whether we will go fishing tomorrow all ________________ the weather.
答案：depends on
Ⅲ.单项填空
1．Have you ever dreamed of ________ so good a chance for further education?
A．there is B．there to be
C．there being D．there will be
解析：考查动名词的用法。of为介词，后接v.-ing形式作宾语；there being为there be结构的动名词独立结构。
答案：C
2．His daughter has ________ the young politician for five years.
A．been married to B．been married with
C．got married with D．got married to
解析：题干中含有时间状语for five years，故只能选表示状态的be married to，故A项正确。
答案：A
3．It's said that there are plenty of hotels in Wuyi Mountain.There ________ be any difficulty for you to find somewhere to stay.
A．wouldn't B．mustn't
C．shouldn't D．needn't
解析：句意：据说在武夷山有很多的宾馆，因此对你来说找个地方住不应该有任何困难。should表示猜测，意为“按照常理应该……”。本句考查了它的否定形式。
答案：C
4．—How did you find the leader of the Youth League?
—Well, she talks ________ she were an expert on the teenagers.
A．as if B．even though
C．even if D．so that
解析：考查连词词义。答句句意：她说话好像她是青少年专家。as if/though “好像”，符合句意。
答案：A
5．An increase in the price of drugs has ________ the rising cost of medical care.
A．contributed to B．turned to
C．got used to D．come to
解析：句意：药品价格的上涨导致医疗费用日益增加。contribute to“导致”，相当于cause；turn to“翻到，求助于”；get used to“习惯于”；come to“达到某种状态”，都不合句意。
答案：A
6．—Congratulations on your passing the college ________ examinations!
—Thank you!
A．entering B．entrance
C．entry D．entered
解析：第一句句意：祝贺你通过大学入学考试。 entrance意为“(某行业、大学、社团等的)进入许可”。
答案：B
7．—How often do you eat out?
—________， but usually once a week.
A．Have no idea B．It depends
C．As usual D．Generally
解析：It depends常用在口语中，表示“依情况而定”。
答案：B
8．Do you mind ________ alone at home?
A．Jane leaving B．Jane having left
C．Jane's being left D．Jane to be left
解析：句意：把Jane独自留在家里，你不介意吗？mind后面一般跟动名词，这里是动名词的复合结构作宾语。
答案：C
9．Has your mother ________ from work so far?
A．came B．died
C．suffered D．retired
解析：retire from “从……退休”，符合题意。come from“来自”；die from “因……而死”；suffer from “遭受”。
答案：D
10．If you keep on, you'll succeed ________.
A．in time B．at one time
C．at the same time D．on time
解析：本题考查固定短语的含义。in time表示“及时”或“迟早(＝ sooner or later)”之意；at one time “曾经”；at the same time “同时”；on time “按时”。
答案：A
Ⅳ.阅读理解
?安徽、河南专用
Festivals around the world
Raksha Bandhan
This is a Hindu festival held in August. Sisters give their brothers a rakhi, a bracelet made of thread. In return, the brothers promise to care for their sisters.
Moomba
This takes place each year in Melbourne, Australia. There are boat races in the Yarra River, parades and art shows.
US Independence Day
This is held on 4th July. The US flag is flown from buildings and people hold parties to celebrate the birth of the nation.
Bastille Day
On 14th July, people in France celebrate this occasion with flags and fireworks. It marks the start of the French Revolution.
May Day
The 1st of May is the day when northern Europeans welcome spring. People wear green leaves and dance outdoors.
Carnival in Rio de Janeiro
This is a four-day festival when thousands of people in costume dance the samba through the streets.
Joan of Arc
Joan of Arc, the French girl-soldier is honored on the 30th of May. It was the day she was burnt to death by the English in 1431.
1.Which of the following is NOT one of the activities in the Moomba festival?
A．Boat races. B．Parades.
C．Art shows. D．Dancing the samba.
解析：细节理解题。由Moomba中的“There are boat races in the Yarra River, parades and art shows.”可知答案。
答案：D
2．Which festival marks the day when the nation was set up?
A．US Independence Day. B．May Day.
C．Bastille Day. D．Carnival in Rio de Janeiro.
解析：细节理解题。由US Independence Day中的“people hold parties to celebrate the birth of the nation.”可知选A项。
答案：A
3．Which festival is held in memory of a famous person?
A．Momba. B．Bastille Day.
C．Raksha Bandhan. D．Joan of Arc.
解析：细节理解题。由Joan of Arc中的“It was the day she was burnt to death by the English in 1431.”可知选D项。
答案：D
4．The author intends to ________ by writing this article.
A．introduce some festivals around the world
B．make advertisements
C．say something about what he likes best
D．show off what he knows
解析：写作目的题。从文章标题及内容看，作者写这篇文章的目的是向读者介绍世界上的几个主要节日。
答案：A
?福建专用
[A篇同河南、安徽专用]
B
A little railroad engine was working in a station yard, pulling a few cars on and off the switches (道岔)．
One morning it was waiting for the next call when a long train of freight-cars asked a large engine in the station yard to take it over the hill.“I can't; that is too much a pull for me，” said the great engine.Then the train asked another engine, and another, only to hear excuses and be refused.
Hopelessly, the train asked the little engine to draw it up the grade (坡道) and down on the other side.“I think I can，” puffed (喘气) the little engine, and put itself in front of the great heavy train.As it went on, the little engine kept bravely puffing faster and faster, “I think I can.I think I can.I think I can.”
As it neared the top of the grade, which had discouraged the larger engines, it went more slowly.However, it still kept saying, “I — think — I — can.I — think — I — can.” And actually it could.Because of its hard work and determination, the little engine achieved what much bigger engines could not.The engine's heart was filled with the joy of achievement.“I thought I could. I thought I could，” it said.
This is a very famous story.Don't you love the brave little engine？No matter how young you are, you can also be like the little engine by simply believing in yourself.
5．What's the job of the engines that morning?
A．To take a line of cars over a grade.
B．To pull some goods off the switches.
C．To pull a few cars to the train station.
D．To take some freight-cars to the station yard.
解析：细节理解题。通过freight-cars与engines之间对话可知，engines的工作就是A项所表达的内容。
答案：A
6．In the last paragraph, the author intends to________.
A．persuade us to achieve something at a young age
B．tell us the importance of the quality of engines
C．encourage us to achieve our goal by trusting ourselves
D．advise us to make a plan for our future as soon as possible
解析：作者意图题。由最后一句by simply believing in yourself可推断出正确选项。
答案：C
7．Which of the following words can best describe the little engine?
A．Strong and powerful. B．Silly and unlucky.
C．Brave and confident. D．Clever and patient.
解析：推理判断题。由最后一段的信息词brave及believing及全文中不断出现的I think, I can可知。
答案：C
8．What would be the best title for the passage?
A．Actions speak louder than words
B．Engines come in different types
C．Nothing to lose, nothing to gain
D．The little engine made it
解析：主旨大意题。全文讲述的是如何通过勇敢挑战与相信自我而成功干成一件事，D项符合题意。
答案：D
Ⅴ.选做题
?任务型读写[安徽专用]
Walking is the best and the cheapest way to lose weight.The best time to walk to lose weight is in the early morning in fresh air, because it has many benefits.Firstly, it doesn't disturb (打乱) your daily routine activities.Secondly, it does not only help lose weight, but it's also useful for good health.Thirdly, you won't get an excuse that you didn't get time to go for your workout due to your tight (紧的) schedule.It's scientifically proved that walking in the early morning to lose weight helps you to burn calories faster than at any time of the day.Having a good morning walk and then a healthy breakfast can help to increase the metabolism (新陈代谢) of your body.As the metabolism increases, you burn more calories.
The first thing to do is to set up a goal that you want to achieve.Therefore, work out a walking routine.At first，start walking three times a week, and then slowly increase it to five times a week.It's advisable not to overdo walking，as it can have side effects on the body.Here are certain easy steps that you need to follow when you start your daily walking routine.
Warm-up is an important activity that is to be done before you start to do any kind of exercise.A light warm-up period of about 15 minutes is enough.It will warm up your muscles and avoid any injury to your body.Exercising without warm-up can be dangerous and must be avoided.
Make sure that you don't stop anywhere in between your 30 or 45 minutes' walk.Slow down if necessary.Stopping in your walk won't help you.Instead, slowing down your speed will help to burn more calories.
While walking, take long strides (步伐) and swing (摇摆) your arms in a rhythm.This will use up muscles and help burn more calories.
In a word, regularity and correctness in walking is the key to success.Best of luck！
Title
Walking to Lose Weight
Topic
The best time to walk to lose weight is in the early morning in fresh air.
(1)________
Avoid (2) ________ your daily routine activities.
Be good for health.
Make you have no (3) ________ to escape workout.
Help you burn calories faster than at any time of the day.
Walking routine
Start walking three times a week at first.
Slowly (4) ________ it to five times a week.
Don't (5) ________ walking.
(6)________
Warm up for about 15 minutes to prevent your body being (7)________ .
Don't (8) ________ anywhere but slow down in between your 30 or 45 minutes' walk.
Take long strides and swing your arms in a (9)________ .
Summary
Walking (10) ________ and correctly is the key to losing weight.
答案：1.Benefits 2.disturbing 3.excuses 4.increase 5.overdo 6.Steps 7.injured 8.stop 9.rhythm 10.regularly
?短文填词[福建专用]
There is a chemical factory near my home.The manager, who was in c______ of the factory, was criticized (批评) by the government because1.________
the factory gave out a lot of waste gas every day，________ badly affects2.________
(影响) people's health.But the manager still paid no attention to environmental ________ (保护)．When the factory was forced to stop production, the3.________
manager said angrily, “Is there any evidence (证据) to prove (证明) that we did h________ 4.________
to people's health? In r________， we haven't done anything wrong.” Just then，5.________
a doctor came, with the manager's physical examination report, saying that the manager was s________ from a severe (严重的) lung cancer.6.________
________ is very clear that the pollution has an extremely bad effect 7.________
________ the people around the factory, including the manager himself.The 8.________
manager regretted that what they had done had ________ (导致) in so much9.________
pollution.Now he has realized the i________ of keeping the air clean.10.________
答案：1.charge 2.which 3.protection 4.harm 5.reality 6.suffering 7.It 8.on 9.resulted 10.importance
?任务型阅读[河南专用]
As we “happen to be” the best creature in the world, it's our duty to look after other species (物种)．Here are some points which might help to protect wildlife.
Join organizations like Greenpeace and World Wildlife Fund.They have devoted themselves to protecting the earth and its animals.Many volunteers join organizations like these and work for the environment.1.________
2．________ Don't buy something made from ivory (象牙) and things like this.Baby seals (海豹) are hunted for their skin, as it is used to make expensive coats.Don't buy them.
3．________ You can write a heartfelt and logical (合理的) letter to the government stating your ideas about this problem and how it can be solved.
Recycle (回收利用) and reuse.It will reduce the need to have more raw materials to produce something.4.________ And wild animals' home will not be destroyed.
Governments should create more safe zones and national parks for wild animals.5.________ Governments should apply strict laws to stop hunting.
I hope this post was helpful.Share your views about this issue and let your voice be heard.
A．Let your voice be heard.
B．Stop hunting for pleasure.
C．As a result, fewer trees will be cut down.
D．You can build a bird house and feed local birds.
E．Refuse fur coats and medicines made from rare animals.
F．You can find some organizations like these and join them.
G．There they will be able to move freely without worrying about hunters.
答案：1～5 FEACG
?短文改错[河南专用]
Do you prefer to travel by plane or by train? To my opinion, there are advantages and disadvantages traveling both by plane and by train.Travel by plane is time-saving, comfortably, and you can have a good rest on the trip, but it is too expensive.Unless you travel by train, it is not expensive and quite safety and you can appreciate the beautiful scenery on both sides of the railway.However, it was too crowded and time-wasting, and we can take a good rest.So you can see every coin has two side.You'd better to choose either of them depend on your own interest and economy.
答案：
第二句：To→In
第三句：Travel→Traveling; comfortably→comfortable
第四句：Unless→If; safety→safe
第五句：was→is; can与take之间加not
第六句：side→sides
第七句：去掉to; depend→depending
牛哥@的小弟%上传
21！世纪*教育#网……版权+|有所
